honeywell plc ml-50 (mlm-dr16s)
DESCRIPTION
Honeywell Master Logic-50 Programmable Logic Controller Details.TRANSCRIPT
PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER
MASTER LOGIC- 50
MASTER LOGIC- 50
Honeywellrsquos new ML50 compact PLC with its innovative architecture combines power and versatility to help provide performance in a slim compact and affordable solution
With its high performance and functionality the new ML50 PLC offer economical automation platform for many industrial control applications
The ML50 family can be used just as IO as a standalone PLC or as a distributed control It offers broad selection of Base modules Expansion IO modules various network interface options and some special modules to enhance control capabilities
FEATURES-1) The system secures the following high performances CPU Processing Speed(bit) 160ns Step
Max 480 IO control supporting small amp mid-sized system implementation(64 IO shortly released)
Max 10kSteps of large program capacity secured
Expanded applications with the support of floating point
2) Compact the smallest size comparing to the same class model of competitors
Compact panel realized through the smallest size (only 170mm width if extended to 7 racks )
Main unit W30 H90 D60mm
Expansion module W20 H90 D60mm
FEATUREShelliphellip
3) Easy attachableextensible system for improved user convenience
Easy attachable European terminal board and convenient-to-use MIL connector method improving convenient wiring
By adopting connector coupling method modules may be easily connected and separated
4) Improved maintenance ability with kinds of register batter removed comment backup and etc
Convenient programming environment by providing analogue register and index register
Improved maintenance ability by operating plural programs and task program through module program
Built-in Flash ROM enabling permanent backup of program without any separate battery
Improved maintenance ability by types of comment backup
FEATUREShelliphellip
5) Optimized communication environment With max 3 channels of internal COM (incl loader) up to 3
channels communication is available without any increase of module Supporting various protocols to improve the convenience (dedicated
Modbus user-defined communication) Communication module may be additionally increased by adding
modules (up to 2 stages such as Snet Enet and etc) Convenient network-diagnostic function through network amp
communication frame monitoring Convenient networking to upper systems through Enet or Snet
6) Applications expanded with a variety of IO modules 8 16 32 64 modules provided (if relay output 816 module) Single input single output and mixed IO modules supported
FEATUREShelliphellip
7) Applications expanded through analog-dedicated register design and full slot table mechanism
Prior to increase slot analogue modules attachable (up to 7 stages available)
With analog dedicated register(U) and monitoring dedicated function convenient use of IO is maximized(can designate
operations using easy program of U area and monitoring function)
8) Integrated programming environment
Soft Master intensified program convenience diverse monitoring diagnosis and editing function
Soft Master - NM COMnetwork parameters setting frame monitoring protocol analysis function
FEATUREShelliphellip
9) Built-in high speed counter function
Providing High-speed counter 1phase 4CH (max 20kpps) 2phase 2CH (max 10kpps) and more additional functions
Providing parameter setting diverse monitoring and diagnosis function using Soft Master
Commissioning by monitoring of Soft Master without program inspecting external wiring data setting and others
10) Built-in position control function
Supporting max 100kpps 2 axes
Providing parameter setting operation data collection diverse monitoring and diagnosis by using Soft Master
Commissioning by monitoring of Soft Master without program inspecting external wiring and operation data setting
FEATUREShelliphellip
11) Built-in PID
Supporting max 16 loops
Setting parameters by using Soft Master and supporting loop status monitoring conveniently with trend monitor
Control constant setting through the improved Auto-tuning function
With many other additional functions including PWM output ΔMV ΔPV and SV Ramp improving the control preciseness
Supporting types of control modes such as forwardbackward mixed operation 2-stage SV PID control cascade control and etc
A variety of warning functions such as PV MAX and PV variation warning securing the safety
FEATUREShelliphellip
12) Enhanced Maintenance
FEATUREShelliphellip
Convenient programming environment with analog register and Index register Enhanced Maintenance amp Repair with program modularization (Max 128
Program Block) Built-in Flash ROM Battery-less Back-Up with built-in Flash Rom Comment Back-Up Enhanced program maintenance by Comment Back-Up
Operating multiple programs through program modularization
Specifying special-function operation using Analog register
Index register
Line CommentRung Comment
13) Optimal Communication EnvironmentFEATUREShelliphellip
Strengthened Communication function (Max 5Ch communication) Built-in 3Ch communication (including Loader) and Max 2
expansion communication module Enhanced Comm Convenience with various protocol (Dedicated
Modbus User-defined) Advanced diagnosis with networkframe monitoring function Easy accessibility to high-level system network through Ethernet or
Snet
Loader
RS-485RS-232C
Ethernet
RS-422485
14) Scalability with Expansion ModuleFEATUREShelliphellip
Max 7-stage 480 IO point system available
Multi-communication system with max 2 expansion
module (Max 5Ch )
GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS- Storage temperature - 25~+75 Altitude - Up to 2000m
Operating Ambience- Free from corrosive gasses and excessive dust
Cooling - Air-cooling
Pollution level - Less than equal to 2
Programming language-
Ladder Diagram
Instruction List
No of instructions- 720
Basic 42
Applied 678
Program capacity -10k steps
Operation mode - RUN STOP DEBUG
Self diagnosis
Operation delay monitoring
Memory error
IO error
Battery error
Power error
Program port
RS-232C (Loader) Remote connection using RS-232C
RS-485
GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
Built-in function -
RS-232C485
High-speed counter
PID control
Pulse catch
Input filter
External interrupt
Internal current consumption - 400mA
Weight- 100g
GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
FUNCTIONS-
FUNCTIONShelliphellip
ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION- ML50 series System Configuration is as follows Expanded special
module is available to connect maximum 7 stages and expanded communication module is available to connect maximum 2 stages
ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
COMMUNICATION- MasterLogic-50 series provides built-in functions and expansion
modules for communication With these functions and modules
MasterLogic-50 can exchange data with various external devices
such as HMI through its communication
Protocol1 Server communication
ML200 server
Modbus ASCIIRTU
2 Client communication
Communication(P2PCommunication)
ML200 dedicated client
User-defined Communication
Modbus client (ASCIIRTU)
3 Remote connection service
4 Loader Communication
Loader
RS-485
RS-232C
RS-422 Ethernet
RS-485
SoftMaster
ML200 Ethern
et
Loader
FEnetPositioning
Demo Kit
Positioning
Demo Kit
MLM-DN32S IO 4EA AD Snet FEnet
Positioning
COMMUNICATIONhelliphelliphellip
COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNETFeatureshellip
10100 Base-Tx Fast Ethernet for industrial use (IEEE8023)
Dedicated service for HMI connection (Modbus-TCP protocol)
High speed link communication with high-level PLC(MasterLogic200 MasterLogic200i)
Remote program Remote monitoring with Soft-Master remote service
Network security with Host table(limitation of unwanted connections)
Convenient network system setting and various self-diagnosis monitoring with Soft-Master-NM
Monitoring network information (Auto scan)
Checking module in network (PING)
Providing information of each service
(High speed link P2P dedicated service media condition)
User protocol editing and P2P service (Communication with other brandrsquos equipment)
COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
Performance- Model MLL-EMTA
Communication Spec-10100 Base-TX
Protocol - TCPIP UDPIP
Service -With ML PLCs -High-speed link P2P service
-With Other Devices -P2P service
-Application- Dedicated protocol service SoftMaster
HS Link Sending Receiving - 200 words block(Max 128 blocks)
No of Channel Connectable to Upper Stage- 8 channels
Service- Communication with PC (HMI) and external devices high-speed communication among ML PLCrsquos
Media- UTPSTP Category 5
Current Consumption ( mA )- 410
COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
Features-
Max 2 modules mountable for 1 main unit Total 5 channels of communication in 1 MasterLogic-50 system(including Loader)
Max 32-unit connection through RS-485 communication
Protocol editing and parameter setting using SoftMaster-NM
Configurable communication speed setting (300 ~ 115200 bps)
Long distance communication system using dedicated modem (expansion RS-232C Communication module)
Full duplex Half Duplex communication (expansion RS485 Communication module)
PTP User-defined Communication and Modbus communication master
Modbus RTU ASCII drivers for HMI connection
Various diagnosis function using SoftMaster-NM (IO information CPU Link Service LOG)
COMMUNICATION- Snet
System Configuration-
COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
Modem Connection- Remote communication with external devices via modem connection Available for only RS-232C port
Communication Mode- Dedicated Mode- 11 or 1N communication using ML dedicated protocol
- SoftMaster- Program upload download and remote control
-P2P Mode- Communication by protocol using SoftMaster-NM (Interface with other PLCrsquos) HMI Modbus RTU ASCII master communication
Operation Mode- Server(Slave)- Remote connection simultaneously using Modbus server user-defined
-Master- Modbus RTU ASCII master user defined
COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos built-in RS-485 Max 32-station multi-drop
system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM
Max 32 stations
Master Slave 1 Slave 2 Slave 31
Loader Comm
RS-485
Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos expansion RS-422 module Max 32-station
multi-drop system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM
Master Slave 1 Slave 32
RS-422
RS-485
HCiHCiX
Integrated Programming and Debug Environment- Soft-Master Enhanced programming convenience and various
monitoringdiagnosis
Soft-Master-NM Integrated software for network setting monitoring diagnosis
Multi-PLC Multi-program management
Convenient Variable Editing
Compatibility with Microsoft Excel
Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
bull Address Monitoring bull Custom Event Monitor
bull Special Module Monitoring bull Trend Monitor
User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
With its detachable terminal block and MIL connector Master Logic
50 provides easiness and convenience for wiring and module change
For expansion of PLC system each module can be easily connected
and separated by its direct-insert method
Built-in Function Input Filter- In the application site where noise is easily generated MasterLogic-
50rsquos built-in input filter prevents wrong input caused by noise Input filter have PLC do not process input signal that has shorter time constant than set value in Soft-Master
Standard Filtering Time Setting
Filtering Time Setting for Each Module
time
Filtering time
External input signal
input image data
Programming Software Soft-Master- Programming editing amp engineering software
Windows based easy operation
Multi-PLC Multi-programming supports
Various monitoring and diagnosis functions
Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
Sink amp Source Concept-
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load
They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures
ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo
ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo
Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry
MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation
Data memory
1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit
Word Device Areahellip
Troubleshooting-
1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected
Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble
The causes troubling PLC system are as follows
1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble
2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation
Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting
1) Visual checks
Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents
2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off
3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program
Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip
Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink
input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure
Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value
- PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
- MASTER LOGIC- 50
- FEATURES-
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- FUNCTIONS-
- FUNCTIONShelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
- COMMUNICATION-
- Slide 23
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
- COMMUNICATION- Snet
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
- Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
- Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
- User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
- Built-in Function Input Filter-
- Programming Software Soft-Master-
- Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Word Device Areahellip
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
- Slide 67
- Input Output Specifications-
- Slide 69
- Slide 70
-
MASTER LOGIC- 50
Honeywellrsquos new ML50 compact PLC with its innovative architecture combines power and versatility to help provide performance in a slim compact and affordable solution
With its high performance and functionality the new ML50 PLC offer economical automation platform for many industrial control applications
The ML50 family can be used just as IO as a standalone PLC or as a distributed control It offers broad selection of Base modules Expansion IO modules various network interface options and some special modules to enhance control capabilities
FEATURES-1) The system secures the following high performances CPU Processing Speed(bit) 160ns Step
Max 480 IO control supporting small amp mid-sized system implementation(64 IO shortly released)
Max 10kSteps of large program capacity secured
Expanded applications with the support of floating point
2) Compact the smallest size comparing to the same class model of competitors
Compact panel realized through the smallest size (only 170mm width if extended to 7 racks )
Main unit W30 H90 D60mm
Expansion module W20 H90 D60mm
FEATUREShelliphellip
3) Easy attachableextensible system for improved user convenience
Easy attachable European terminal board and convenient-to-use MIL connector method improving convenient wiring
By adopting connector coupling method modules may be easily connected and separated
4) Improved maintenance ability with kinds of register batter removed comment backup and etc
Convenient programming environment by providing analogue register and index register
Improved maintenance ability by operating plural programs and task program through module program
Built-in Flash ROM enabling permanent backup of program without any separate battery
Improved maintenance ability by types of comment backup
FEATUREShelliphellip
5) Optimized communication environment With max 3 channels of internal COM (incl loader) up to 3
channels communication is available without any increase of module Supporting various protocols to improve the convenience (dedicated
Modbus user-defined communication) Communication module may be additionally increased by adding
modules (up to 2 stages such as Snet Enet and etc) Convenient network-diagnostic function through network amp
communication frame monitoring Convenient networking to upper systems through Enet or Snet
6) Applications expanded with a variety of IO modules 8 16 32 64 modules provided (if relay output 816 module) Single input single output and mixed IO modules supported
FEATUREShelliphellip
7) Applications expanded through analog-dedicated register design and full slot table mechanism
Prior to increase slot analogue modules attachable (up to 7 stages available)
With analog dedicated register(U) and monitoring dedicated function convenient use of IO is maximized(can designate
operations using easy program of U area and monitoring function)
8) Integrated programming environment
Soft Master intensified program convenience diverse monitoring diagnosis and editing function
Soft Master - NM COMnetwork parameters setting frame monitoring protocol analysis function
FEATUREShelliphellip
9) Built-in high speed counter function
Providing High-speed counter 1phase 4CH (max 20kpps) 2phase 2CH (max 10kpps) and more additional functions
Providing parameter setting diverse monitoring and diagnosis function using Soft Master
Commissioning by monitoring of Soft Master without program inspecting external wiring data setting and others
10) Built-in position control function
Supporting max 100kpps 2 axes
Providing parameter setting operation data collection diverse monitoring and diagnosis by using Soft Master
Commissioning by monitoring of Soft Master without program inspecting external wiring and operation data setting
FEATUREShelliphellip
11) Built-in PID
Supporting max 16 loops
Setting parameters by using Soft Master and supporting loop status monitoring conveniently with trend monitor
Control constant setting through the improved Auto-tuning function
With many other additional functions including PWM output ΔMV ΔPV and SV Ramp improving the control preciseness
Supporting types of control modes such as forwardbackward mixed operation 2-stage SV PID control cascade control and etc
A variety of warning functions such as PV MAX and PV variation warning securing the safety
FEATUREShelliphellip
12) Enhanced Maintenance
FEATUREShelliphellip
Convenient programming environment with analog register and Index register Enhanced Maintenance amp Repair with program modularization (Max 128
Program Block) Built-in Flash ROM Battery-less Back-Up with built-in Flash Rom Comment Back-Up Enhanced program maintenance by Comment Back-Up
Operating multiple programs through program modularization
Specifying special-function operation using Analog register
Index register
Line CommentRung Comment
13) Optimal Communication EnvironmentFEATUREShelliphellip
Strengthened Communication function (Max 5Ch communication) Built-in 3Ch communication (including Loader) and Max 2
expansion communication module Enhanced Comm Convenience with various protocol (Dedicated
Modbus User-defined) Advanced diagnosis with networkframe monitoring function Easy accessibility to high-level system network through Ethernet or
Snet
Loader
RS-485RS-232C
Ethernet
RS-422485
14) Scalability with Expansion ModuleFEATUREShelliphellip
Max 7-stage 480 IO point system available
Multi-communication system with max 2 expansion
module (Max 5Ch )
GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS- Storage temperature - 25~+75 Altitude - Up to 2000m
Operating Ambience- Free from corrosive gasses and excessive dust
Cooling - Air-cooling
Pollution level - Less than equal to 2
Programming language-
Ladder Diagram
Instruction List
No of instructions- 720
Basic 42
Applied 678
Program capacity -10k steps
Operation mode - RUN STOP DEBUG
Self diagnosis
Operation delay monitoring
Memory error
IO error
Battery error
Power error
Program port
RS-232C (Loader) Remote connection using RS-232C
RS-485
GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
Built-in function -
RS-232C485
High-speed counter
PID control
Pulse catch
Input filter
External interrupt
Internal current consumption - 400mA
Weight- 100g
GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
FUNCTIONS-
FUNCTIONShelliphellip
ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION- ML50 series System Configuration is as follows Expanded special
module is available to connect maximum 7 stages and expanded communication module is available to connect maximum 2 stages
ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
COMMUNICATION- MasterLogic-50 series provides built-in functions and expansion
modules for communication With these functions and modules
MasterLogic-50 can exchange data with various external devices
such as HMI through its communication
Protocol1 Server communication
ML200 server
Modbus ASCIIRTU
2 Client communication
Communication(P2PCommunication)
ML200 dedicated client
User-defined Communication
Modbus client (ASCIIRTU)
3 Remote connection service
4 Loader Communication
Loader
RS-485
RS-232C
RS-422 Ethernet
RS-485
SoftMaster
ML200 Ethern
et
Loader
FEnetPositioning
Demo Kit
Positioning
Demo Kit
MLM-DN32S IO 4EA AD Snet FEnet
Positioning
COMMUNICATIONhelliphelliphellip
COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNETFeatureshellip
10100 Base-Tx Fast Ethernet for industrial use (IEEE8023)
Dedicated service for HMI connection (Modbus-TCP protocol)
High speed link communication with high-level PLC(MasterLogic200 MasterLogic200i)
Remote program Remote monitoring with Soft-Master remote service
Network security with Host table(limitation of unwanted connections)
Convenient network system setting and various self-diagnosis monitoring with Soft-Master-NM
Monitoring network information (Auto scan)
Checking module in network (PING)
Providing information of each service
(High speed link P2P dedicated service media condition)
User protocol editing and P2P service (Communication with other brandrsquos equipment)
COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
Performance- Model MLL-EMTA
Communication Spec-10100 Base-TX
Protocol - TCPIP UDPIP
Service -With ML PLCs -High-speed link P2P service
-With Other Devices -P2P service
-Application- Dedicated protocol service SoftMaster
HS Link Sending Receiving - 200 words block(Max 128 blocks)
No of Channel Connectable to Upper Stage- 8 channels
Service- Communication with PC (HMI) and external devices high-speed communication among ML PLCrsquos
Media- UTPSTP Category 5
Current Consumption ( mA )- 410
COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
Features-
Max 2 modules mountable for 1 main unit Total 5 channels of communication in 1 MasterLogic-50 system(including Loader)
Max 32-unit connection through RS-485 communication
Protocol editing and parameter setting using SoftMaster-NM
Configurable communication speed setting (300 ~ 115200 bps)
Long distance communication system using dedicated modem (expansion RS-232C Communication module)
Full duplex Half Duplex communication (expansion RS485 Communication module)
PTP User-defined Communication and Modbus communication master
Modbus RTU ASCII drivers for HMI connection
Various diagnosis function using SoftMaster-NM (IO information CPU Link Service LOG)
COMMUNICATION- Snet
System Configuration-
COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
Modem Connection- Remote communication with external devices via modem connection Available for only RS-232C port
Communication Mode- Dedicated Mode- 11 or 1N communication using ML dedicated protocol
- SoftMaster- Program upload download and remote control
-P2P Mode- Communication by protocol using SoftMaster-NM (Interface with other PLCrsquos) HMI Modbus RTU ASCII master communication
Operation Mode- Server(Slave)- Remote connection simultaneously using Modbus server user-defined
-Master- Modbus RTU ASCII master user defined
COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos built-in RS-485 Max 32-station multi-drop
system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM
Max 32 stations
Master Slave 1 Slave 2 Slave 31
Loader Comm
RS-485
Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos expansion RS-422 module Max 32-station
multi-drop system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM
Master Slave 1 Slave 32
RS-422
RS-485
HCiHCiX
Integrated Programming and Debug Environment- Soft-Master Enhanced programming convenience and various
monitoringdiagnosis
Soft-Master-NM Integrated software for network setting monitoring diagnosis
Multi-PLC Multi-program management
Convenient Variable Editing
Compatibility with Microsoft Excel
Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
bull Address Monitoring bull Custom Event Monitor
bull Special Module Monitoring bull Trend Monitor
User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
With its detachable terminal block and MIL connector Master Logic
50 provides easiness and convenience for wiring and module change
For expansion of PLC system each module can be easily connected
and separated by its direct-insert method
Built-in Function Input Filter- In the application site where noise is easily generated MasterLogic-
50rsquos built-in input filter prevents wrong input caused by noise Input filter have PLC do not process input signal that has shorter time constant than set value in Soft-Master
Standard Filtering Time Setting
Filtering Time Setting for Each Module
time
Filtering time
External input signal
input image data
Programming Software Soft-Master- Programming editing amp engineering software
Windows based easy operation
Multi-PLC Multi-programming supports
Various monitoring and diagnosis functions
Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
Sink amp Source Concept-
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load
They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures
ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo
ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo
Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry
MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation
Data memory
1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit
Word Device Areahellip
Troubleshooting-
1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected
Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble
The causes troubling PLC system are as follows
1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble
2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation
Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting
1) Visual checks
Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents
2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off
3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program
Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip
Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink
input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure
Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value
- PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
- MASTER LOGIC- 50
- FEATURES-
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- FUNCTIONS-
- FUNCTIONShelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
- COMMUNICATION-
- Slide 23
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
- COMMUNICATION- Snet
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
- Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
- Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
- User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
- Built-in Function Input Filter-
- Programming Software Soft-Master-
- Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Word Device Areahellip
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
- Slide 67
- Input Output Specifications-
- Slide 69
- Slide 70
-
FEATURES-1) The system secures the following high performances CPU Processing Speed(bit) 160ns Step
Max 480 IO control supporting small amp mid-sized system implementation(64 IO shortly released)
Max 10kSteps of large program capacity secured
Expanded applications with the support of floating point
2) Compact the smallest size comparing to the same class model of competitors
Compact panel realized through the smallest size (only 170mm width if extended to 7 racks )
Main unit W30 H90 D60mm
Expansion module W20 H90 D60mm
FEATUREShelliphellip
3) Easy attachableextensible system for improved user convenience
Easy attachable European terminal board and convenient-to-use MIL connector method improving convenient wiring
By adopting connector coupling method modules may be easily connected and separated
4) Improved maintenance ability with kinds of register batter removed comment backup and etc
Convenient programming environment by providing analogue register and index register
Improved maintenance ability by operating plural programs and task program through module program
Built-in Flash ROM enabling permanent backup of program without any separate battery
Improved maintenance ability by types of comment backup
FEATUREShelliphellip
5) Optimized communication environment With max 3 channels of internal COM (incl loader) up to 3
channels communication is available without any increase of module Supporting various protocols to improve the convenience (dedicated
Modbus user-defined communication) Communication module may be additionally increased by adding
modules (up to 2 stages such as Snet Enet and etc) Convenient network-diagnostic function through network amp
communication frame monitoring Convenient networking to upper systems through Enet or Snet
6) Applications expanded with a variety of IO modules 8 16 32 64 modules provided (if relay output 816 module) Single input single output and mixed IO modules supported
FEATUREShelliphellip
7) Applications expanded through analog-dedicated register design and full slot table mechanism
Prior to increase slot analogue modules attachable (up to 7 stages available)
With analog dedicated register(U) and monitoring dedicated function convenient use of IO is maximized(can designate
operations using easy program of U area and monitoring function)
8) Integrated programming environment
Soft Master intensified program convenience diverse monitoring diagnosis and editing function
Soft Master - NM COMnetwork parameters setting frame monitoring protocol analysis function
FEATUREShelliphellip
9) Built-in high speed counter function
Providing High-speed counter 1phase 4CH (max 20kpps) 2phase 2CH (max 10kpps) and more additional functions
Providing parameter setting diverse monitoring and diagnosis function using Soft Master
Commissioning by monitoring of Soft Master without program inspecting external wiring data setting and others
10) Built-in position control function
Supporting max 100kpps 2 axes
Providing parameter setting operation data collection diverse monitoring and diagnosis by using Soft Master
Commissioning by monitoring of Soft Master without program inspecting external wiring and operation data setting
FEATUREShelliphellip
11) Built-in PID
Supporting max 16 loops
Setting parameters by using Soft Master and supporting loop status monitoring conveniently with trend monitor
Control constant setting through the improved Auto-tuning function
With many other additional functions including PWM output ΔMV ΔPV and SV Ramp improving the control preciseness
Supporting types of control modes such as forwardbackward mixed operation 2-stage SV PID control cascade control and etc
A variety of warning functions such as PV MAX and PV variation warning securing the safety
FEATUREShelliphellip
12) Enhanced Maintenance
FEATUREShelliphellip
Convenient programming environment with analog register and Index register Enhanced Maintenance amp Repair with program modularization (Max 128
Program Block) Built-in Flash ROM Battery-less Back-Up with built-in Flash Rom Comment Back-Up Enhanced program maintenance by Comment Back-Up
Operating multiple programs through program modularization
Specifying special-function operation using Analog register
Index register
Line CommentRung Comment
13) Optimal Communication EnvironmentFEATUREShelliphellip
Strengthened Communication function (Max 5Ch communication) Built-in 3Ch communication (including Loader) and Max 2
expansion communication module Enhanced Comm Convenience with various protocol (Dedicated
Modbus User-defined) Advanced diagnosis with networkframe monitoring function Easy accessibility to high-level system network through Ethernet or
Snet
Loader
RS-485RS-232C
Ethernet
RS-422485
14) Scalability with Expansion ModuleFEATUREShelliphellip
Max 7-stage 480 IO point system available
Multi-communication system with max 2 expansion
module (Max 5Ch )
GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS- Storage temperature - 25~+75 Altitude - Up to 2000m
Operating Ambience- Free from corrosive gasses and excessive dust
Cooling - Air-cooling
Pollution level - Less than equal to 2
Programming language-
Ladder Diagram
Instruction List
No of instructions- 720
Basic 42
Applied 678
Program capacity -10k steps
Operation mode - RUN STOP DEBUG
Self diagnosis
Operation delay monitoring
Memory error
IO error
Battery error
Power error
Program port
RS-232C (Loader) Remote connection using RS-232C
RS-485
GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
Built-in function -
RS-232C485
High-speed counter
PID control
Pulse catch
Input filter
External interrupt
Internal current consumption - 400mA
Weight- 100g
GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
FUNCTIONS-
FUNCTIONShelliphellip
ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION- ML50 series System Configuration is as follows Expanded special
module is available to connect maximum 7 stages and expanded communication module is available to connect maximum 2 stages
ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
COMMUNICATION- MasterLogic-50 series provides built-in functions and expansion
modules for communication With these functions and modules
MasterLogic-50 can exchange data with various external devices
such as HMI through its communication
Protocol1 Server communication
ML200 server
Modbus ASCIIRTU
2 Client communication
Communication(P2PCommunication)
ML200 dedicated client
User-defined Communication
Modbus client (ASCIIRTU)
3 Remote connection service
4 Loader Communication
Loader
RS-485
RS-232C
RS-422 Ethernet
RS-485
SoftMaster
ML200 Ethern
et
Loader
FEnetPositioning
Demo Kit
Positioning
Demo Kit
MLM-DN32S IO 4EA AD Snet FEnet
Positioning
COMMUNICATIONhelliphelliphellip
COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNETFeatureshellip
10100 Base-Tx Fast Ethernet for industrial use (IEEE8023)
Dedicated service for HMI connection (Modbus-TCP protocol)
High speed link communication with high-level PLC(MasterLogic200 MasterLogic200i)
Remote program Remote monitoring with Soft-Master remote service
Network security with Host table(limitation of unwanted connections)
Convenient network system setting and various self-diagnosis monitoring with Soft-Master-NM
Monitoring network information (Auto scan)
Checking module in network (PING)
Providing information of each service
(High speed link P2P dedicated service media condition)
User protocol editing and P2P service (Communication with other brandrsquos equipment)
COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
Performance- Model MLL-EMTA
Communication Spec-10100 Base-TX
Protocol - TCPIP UDPIP
Service -With ML PLCs -High-speed link P2P service
-With Other Devices -P2P service
-Application- Dedicated protocol service SoftMaster
HS Link Sending Receiving - 200 words block(Max 128 blocks)
No of Channel Connectable to Upper Stage- 8 channels
Service- Communication with PC (HMI) and external devices high-speed communication among ML PLCrsquos
Media- UTPSTP Category 5
Current Consumption ( mA )- 410
COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
Features-
Max 2 modules mountable for 1 main unit Total 5 channels of communication in 1 MasterLogic-50 system(including Loader)
Max 32-unit connection through RS-485 communication
Protocol editing and parameter setting using SoftMaster-NM
Configurable communication speed setting (300 ~ 115200 bps)
Long distance communication system using dedicated modem (expansion RS-232C Communication module)
Full duplex Half Duplex communication (expansion RS485 Communication module)
PTP User-defined Communication and Modbus communication master
Modbus RTU ASCII drivers for HMI connection
Various diagnosis function using SoftMaster-NM (IO information CPU Link Service LOG)
COMMUNICATION- Snet
System Configuration-
COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
Modem Connection- Remote communication with external devices via modem connection Available for only RS-232C port
Communication Mode- Dedicated Mode- 11 or 1N communication using ML dedicated protocol
- SoftMaster- Program upload download and remote control
-P2P Mode- Communication by protocol using SoftMaster-NM (Interface with other PLCrsquos) HMI Modbus RTU ASCII master communication
Operation Mode- Server(Slave)- Remote connection simultaneously using Modbus server user-defined
-Master- Modbus RTU ASCII master user defined
COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos built-in RS-485 Max 32-station multi-drop
system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM
Max 32 stations
Master Slave 1 Slave 2 Slave 31
Loader Comm
RS-485
Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos expansion RS-422 module Max 32-station
multi-drop system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM
Master Slave 1 Slave 32
RS-422
RS-485
HCiHCiX
Integrated Programming and Debug Environment- Soft-Master Enhanced programming convenience and various
monitoringdiagnosis
Soft-Master-NM Integrated software for network setting monitoring diagnosis
Multi-PLC Multi-program management
Convenient Variable Editing
Compatibility with Microsoft Excel
Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
bull Address Monitoring bull Custom Event Monitor
bull Special Module Monitoring bull Trend Monitor
User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
With its detachable terminal block and MIL connector Master Logic
50 provides easiness and convenience for wiring and module change
For expansion of PLC system each module can be easily connected
and separated by its direct-insert method
Built-in Function Input Filter- In the application site where noise is easily generated MasterLogic-
50rsquos built-in input filter prevents wrong input caused by noise Input filter have PLC do not process input signal that has shorter time constant than set value in Soft-Master
Standard Filtering Time Setting
Filtering Time Setting for Each Module
time
Filtering time
External input signal
input image data
Programming Software Soft-Master- Programming editing amp engineering software
Windows based easy operation
Multi-PLC Multi-programming supports
Various monitoring and diagnosis functions
Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
Sink amp Source Concept-
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load
They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures
ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo
ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo
Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry
MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation
Data memory
1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit
Word Device Areahellip
Troubleshooting-
1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected
Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble
The causes troubling PLC system are as follows
1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble
2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation
Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting
1) Visual checks
Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents
2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off
3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program
Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip
Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink
input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure
Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value
- PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
- MASTER LOGIC- 50
- FEATURES-
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- FUNCTIONS-
- FUNCTIONShelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
- COMMUNICATION-
- Slide 23
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
- COMMUNICATION- Snet
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
- Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
- Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
- User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
- Built-in Function Input Filter-
- Programming Software Soft-Master-
- Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Word Device Areahellip
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
- Slide 67
- Input Output Specifications-
- Slide 69
- Slide 70
-
2) Compact the smallest size comparing to the same class model of competitors
Compact panel realized through the smallest size (only 170mm width if extended to 7 racks )
Main unit W30 H90 D60mm
Expansion module W20 H90 D60mm
FEATUREShelliphellip
3) Easy attachableextensible system for improved user convenience
Easy attachable European terminal board and convenient-to-use MIL connector method improving convenient wiring
By adopting connector coupling method modules may be easily connected and separated
4) Improved maintenance ability with kinds of register batter removed comment backup and etc
Convenient programming environment by providing analogue register and index register
Improved maintenance ability by operating plural programs and task program through module program
Built-in Flash ROM enabling permanent backup of program without any separate battery
Improved maintenance ability by types of comment backup
FEATUREShelliphellip
5) Optimized communication environment With max 3 channels of internal COM (incl loader) up to 3
channels communication is available without any increase of module Supporting various protocols to improve the convenience (dedicated
Modbus user-defined communication) Communication module may be additionally increased by adding
modules (up to 2 stages such as Snet Enet and etc) Convenient network-diagnostic function through network amp
communication frame monitoring Convenient networking to upper systems through Enet or Snet
6) Applications expanded with a variety of IO modules 8 16 32 64 modules provided (if relay output 816 module) Single input single output and mixed IO modules supported
FEATUREShelliphellip
7) Applications expanded through analog-dedicated register design and full slot table mechanism
Prior to increase slot analogue modules attachable (up to 7 stages available)
With analog dedicated register(U) and monitoring dedicated function convenient use of IO is maximized(can designate
operations using easy program of U area and monitoring function)
8) Integrated programming environment
Soft Master intensified program convenience diverse monitoring diagnosis and editing function
Soft Master - NM COMnetwork parameters setting frame monitoring protocol analysis function
FEATUREShelliphellip
9) Built-in high speed counter function
Providing High-speed counter 1phase 4CH (max 20kpps) 2phase 2CH (max 10kpps) and more additional functions
Providing parameter setting diverse monitoring and diagnosis function using Soft Master
Commissioning by monitoring of Soft Master without program inspecting external wiring data setting and others
10) Built-in position control function
Supporting max 100kpps 2 axes
Providing parameter setting operation data collection diverse monitoring and diagnosis by using Soft Master
Commissioning by monitoring of Soft Master without program inspecting external wiring and operation data setting
FEATUREShelliphellip
11) Built-in PID
Supporting max 16 loops
Setting parameters by using Soft Master and supporting loop status monitoring conveniently with trend monitor
Control constant setting through the improved Auto-tuning function
With many other additional functions including PWM output ΔMV ΔPV and SV Ramp improving the control preciseness
Supporting types of control modes such as forwardbackward mixed operation 2-stage SV PID control cascade control and etc
A variety of warning functions such as PV MAX and PV variation warning securing the safety
FEATUREShelliphellip
12) Enhanced Maintenance
FEATUREShelliphellip
Convenient programming environment with analog register and Index register Enhanced Maintenance amp Repair with program modularization (Max 128
Program Block) Built-in Flash ROM Battery-less Back-Up with built-in Flash Rom Comment Back-Up Enhanced program maintenance by Comment Back-Up
Operating multiple programs through program modularization
Specifying special-function operation using Analog register
Index register
Line CommentRung Comment
13) Optimal Communication EnvironmentFEATUREShelliphellip
Strengthened Communication function (Max 5Ch communication) Built-in 3Ch communication (including Loader) and Max 2
expansion communication module Enhanced Comm Convenience with various protocol (Dedicated
Modbus User-defined) Advanced diagnosis with networkframe monitoring function Easy accessibility to high-level system network through Ethernet or
Snet
Loader
RS-485RS-232C
Ethernet
RS-422485
14) Scalability with Expansion ModuleFEATUREShelliphellip
Max 7-stage 480 IO point system available
Multi-communication system with max 2 expansion
module (Max 5Ch )
GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS- Storage temperature - 25~+75 Altitude - Up to 2000m
Operating Ambience- Free from corrosive gasses and excessive dust
Cooling - Air-cooling
Pollution level - Less than equal to 2
Programming language-
Ladder Diagram
Instruction List
No of instructions- 720
Basic 42
Applied 678
Program capacity -10k steps
Operation mode - RUN STOP DEBUG
Self diagnosis
Operation delay monitoring
Memory error
IO error
Battery error
Power error
Program port
RS-232C (Loader) Remote connection using RS-232C
RS-485
GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
Built-in function -
RS-232C485
High-speed counter
PID control
Pulse catch
Input filter
External interrupt
Internal current consumption - 400mA
Weight- 100g
GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
FUNCTIONS-
FUNCTIONShelliphellip
ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION- ML50 series System Configuration is as follows Expanded special
module is available to connect maximum 7 stages and expanded communication module is available to connect maximum 2 stages
ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
COMMUNICATION- MasterLogic-50 series provides built-in functions and expansion
modules for communication With these functions and modules
MasterLogic-50 can exchange data with various external devices
such as HMI through its communication
Protocol1 Server communication
ML200 server
Modbus ASCIIRTU
2 Client communication
Communication(P2PCommunication)
ML200 dedicated client
User-defined Communication
Modbus client (ASCIIRTU)
3 Remote connection service
4 Loader Communication
Loader
RS-485
RS-232C
RS-422 Ethernet
RS-485
SoftMaster
ML200 Ethern
et
Loader
FEnetPositioning
Demo Kit
Positioning
Demo Kit
MLM-DN32S IO 4EA AD Snet FEnet
Positioning
COMMUNICATIONhelliphelliphellip
COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNETFeatureshellip
10100 Base-Tx Fast Ethernet for industrial use (IEEE8023)
Dedicated service for HMI connection (Modbus-TCP protocol)
High speed link communication with high-level PLC(MasterLogic200 MasterLogic200i)
Remote program Remote monitoring with Soft-Master remote service
Network security with Host table(limitation of unwanted connections)
Convenient network system setting and various self-diagnosis monitoring with Soft-Master-NM
Monitoring network information (Auto scan)
Checking module in network (PING)
Providing information of each service
(High speed link P2P dedicated service media condition)
User protocol editing and P2P service (Communication with other brandrsquos equipment)
COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
Performance- Model MLL-EMTA
Communication Spec-10100 Base-TX
Protocol - TCPIP UDPIP
Service -With ML PLCs -High-speed link P2P service
-With Other Devices -P2P service
-Application- Dedicated protocol service SoftMaster
HS Link Sending Receiving - 200 words block(Max 128 blocks)
No of Channel Connectable to Upper Stage- 8 channels
Service- Communication with PC (HMI) and external devices high-speed communication among ML PLCrsquos
Media- UTPSTP Category 5
Current Consumption ( mA )- 410
COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
Features-
Max 2 modules mountable for 1 main unit Total 5 channels of communication in 1 MasterLogic-50 system(including Loader)
Max 32-unit connection through RS-485 communication
Protocol editing and parameter setting using SoftMaster-NM
Configurable communication speed setting (300 ~ 115200 bps)
Long distance communication system using dedicated modem (expansion RS-232C Communication module)
Full duplex Half Duplex communication (expansion RS485 Communication module)
PTP User-defined Communication and Modbus communication master
Modbus RTU ASCII drivers for HMI connection
Various diagnosis function using SoftMaster-NM (IO information CPU Link Service LOG)
COMMUNICATION- Snet
System Configuration-
COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
Modem Connection- Remote communication with external devices via modem connection Available for only RS-232C port
Communication Mode- Dedicated Mode- 11 or 1N communication using ML dedicated protocol
- SoftMaster- Program upload download and remote control
-P2P Mode- Communication by protocol using SoftMaster-NM (Interface with other PLCrsquos) HMI Modbus RTU ASCII master communication
Operation Mode- Server(Slave)- Remote connection simultaneously using Modbus server user-defined
-Master- Modbus RTU ASCII master user defined
COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos built-in RS-485 Max 32-station multi-drop
system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM
Max 32 stations
Master Slave 1 Slave 2 Slave 31
Loader Comm
RS-485
Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos expansion RS-422 module Max 32-station
multi-drop system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM
Master Slave 1 Slave 32
RS-422
RS-485
HCiHCiX
Integrated Programming and Debug Environment- Soft-Master Enhanced programming convenience and various
monitoringdiagnosis
Soft-Master-NM Integrated software for network setting monitoring diagnosis
Multi-PLC Multi-program management
Convenient Variable Editing
Compatibility with Microsoft Excel
Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
bull Address Monitoring bull Custom Event Monitor
bull Special Module Monitoring bull Trend Monitor
User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
With its detachable terminal block and MIL connector Master Logic
50 provides easiness and convenience for wiring and module change
For expansion of PLC system each module can be easily connected
and separated by its direct-insert method
Built-in Function Input Filter- In the application site where noise is easily generated MasterLogic-
50rsquos built-in input filter prevents wrong input caused by noise Input filter have PLC do not process input signal that has shorter time constant than set value in Soft-Master
Standard Filtering Time Setting
Filtering Time Setting for Each Module
time
Filtering time
External input signal
input image data
Programming Software Soft-Master- Programming editing amp engineering software
Windows based easy operation
Multi-PLC Multi-programming supports
Various monitoring and diagnosis functions
Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
Sink amp Source Concept-
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load
They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures
ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo
ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo
Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry
MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation
Data memory
1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit
Word Device Areahellip
Troubleshooting-
1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected
Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble
The causes troubling PLC system are as follows
1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble
2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation
Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting
1) Visual checks
Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents
2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off
3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program
Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip
Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink
input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure
Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value
- PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
- MASTER LOGIC- 50
- FEATURES-
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- FUNCTIONS-
- FUNCTIONShelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
- COMMUNICATION-
- Slide 23
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
- COMMUNICATION- Snet
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
- Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
- Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
- User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
- Built-in Function Input Filter-
- Programming Software Soft-Master-
- Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Word Device Areahellip
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
- Slide 67
- Input Output Specifications-
- Slide 69
- Slide 70
-
3) Easy attachableextensible system for improved user convenience
Easy attachable European terminal board and convenient-to-use MIL connector method improving convenient wiring
By adopting connector coupling method modules may be easily connected and separated
4) Improved maintenance ability with kinds of register batter removed comment backup and etc
Convenient programming environment by providing analogue register and index register
Improved maintenance ability by operating plural programs and task program through module program
Built-in Flash ROM enabling permanent backup of program without any separate battery
Improved maintenance ability by types of comment backup
FEATUREShelliphellip
5) Optimized communication environment With max 3 channels of internal COM (incl loader) up to 3
channels communication is available without any increase of module Supporting various protocols to improve the convenience (dedicated
Modbus user-defined communication) Communication module may be additionally increased by adding
modules (up to 2 stages such as Snet Enet and etc) Convenient network-diagnostic function through network amp
communication frame monitoring Convenient networking to upper systems through Enet or Snet
6) Applications expanded with a variety of IO modules 8 16 32 64 modules provided (if relay output 816 module) Single input single output and mixed IO modules supported
FEATUREShelliphellip
7) Applications expanded through analog-dedicated register design and full slot table mechanism
Prior to increase slot analogue modules attachable (up to 7 stages available)
With analog dedicated register(U) and monitoring dedicated function convenient use of IO is maximized(can designate
operations using easy program of U area and monitoring function)
8) Integrated programming environment
Soft Master intensified program convenience diverse monitoring diagnosis and editing function
Soft Master - NM COMnetwork parameters setting frame monitoring protocol analysis function
FEATUREShelliphellip
9) Built-in high speed counter function
Providing High-speed counter 1phase 4CH (max 20kpps) 2phase 2CH (max 10kpps) and more additional functions
Providing parameter setting diverse monitoring and diagnosis function using Soft Master
Commissioning by monitoring of Soft Master without program inspecting external wiring data setting and others
10) Built-in position control function
Supporting max 100kpps 2 axes
Providing parameter setting operation data collection diverse monitoring and diagnosis by using Soft Master
Commissioning by monitoring of Soft Master without program inspecting external wiring and operation data setting
FEATUREShelliphellip
11) Built-in PID
Supporting max 16 loops
Setting parameters by using Soft Master and supporting loop status monitoring conveniently with trend monitor
Control constant setting through the improved Auto-tuning function
With many other additional functions including PWM output ΔMV ΔPV and SV Ramp improving the control preciseness
Supporting types of control modes such as forwardbackward mixed operation 2-stage SV PID control cascade control and etc
A variety of warning functions such as PV MAX and PV variation warning securing the safety
FEATUREShelliphellip
12) Enhanced Maintenance
FEATUREShelliphellip
Convenient programming environment with analog register and Index register Enhanced Maintenance amp Repair with program modularization (Max 128
Program Block) Built-in Flash ROM Battery-less Back-Up with built-in Flash Rom Comment Back-Up Enhanced program maintenance by Comment Back-Up
Operating multiple programs through program modularization
Specifying special-function operation using Analog register
Index register
Line CommentRung Comment
13) Optimal Communication EnvironmentFEATUREShelliphellip
Strengthened Communication function (Max 5Ch communication) Built-in 3Ch communication (including Loader) and Max 2
expansion communication module Enhanced Comm Convenience with various protocol (Dedicated
Modbus User-defined) Advanced diagnosis with networkframe monitoring function Easy accessibility to high-level system network through Ethernet or
Snet
Loader
RS-485RS-232C
Ethernet
RS-422485
14) Scalability with Expansion ModuleFEATUREShelliphellip
Max 7-stage 480 IO point system available
Multi-communication system with max 2 expansion
module (Max 5Ch )
GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS- Storage temperature - 25~+75 Altitude - Up to 2000m
Operating Ambience- Free from corrosive gasses and excessive dust
Cooling - Air-cooling
Pollution level - Less than equal to 2
Programming language-
Ladder Diagram
Instruction List
No of instructions- 720
Basic 42
Applied 678
Program capacity -10k steps
Operation mode - RUN STOP DEBUG
Self diagnosis
Operation delay monitoring
Memory error
IO error
Battery error
Power error
Program port
RS-232C (Loader) Remote connection using RS-232C
RS-485
GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
Built-in function -
RS-232C485
High-speed counter
PID control
Pulse catch
Input filter
External interrupt
Internal current consumption - 400mA
Weight- 100g
GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
FUNCTIONS-
FUNCTIONShelliphellip
ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION- ML50 series System Configuration is as follows Expanded special
module is available to connect maximum 7 stages and expanded communication module is available to connect maximum 2 stages
ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
COMMUNICATION- MasterLogic-50 series provides built-in functions and expansion
modules for communication With these functions and modules
MasterLogic-50 can exchange data with various external devices
such as HMI through its communication
Protocol1 Server communication
ML200 server
Modbus ASCIIRTU
2 Client communication
Communication(P2PCommunication)
ML200 dedicated client
User-defined Communication
Modbus client (ASCIIRTU)
3 Remote connection service
4 Loader Communication
Loader
RS-485
RS-232C
RS-422 Ethernet
RS-485
SoftMaster
ML200 Ethern
et
Loader
FEnetPositioning
Demo Kit
Positioning
Demo Kit
MLM-DN32S IO 4EA AD Snet FEnet
Positioning
COMMUNICATIONhelliphelliphellip
COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNETFeatureshellip
10100 Base-Tx Fast Ethernet for industrial use (IEEE8023)
Dedicated service for HMI connection (Modbus-TCP protocol)
High speed link communication with high-level PLC(MasterLogic200 MasterLogic200i)
Remote program Remote monitoring with Soft-Master remote service
Network security with Host table(limitation of unwanted connections)
Convenient network system setting and various self-diagnosis monitoring with Soft-Master-NM
Monitoring network information (Auto scan)
Checking module in network (PING)
Providing information of each service
(High speed link P2P dedicated service media condition)
User protocol editing and P2P service (Communication with other brandrsquos equipment)
COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
Performance- Model MLL-EMTA
Communication Spec-10100 Base-TX
Protocol - TCPIP UDPIP
Service -With ML PLCs -High-speed link P2P service
-With Other Devices -P2P service
-Application- Dedicated protocol service SoftMaster
HS Link Sending Receiving - 200 words block(Max 128 blocks)
No of Channel Connectable to Upper Stage- 8 channels
Service- Communication with PC (HMI) and external devices high-speed communication among ML PLCrsquos
Media- UTPSTP Category 5
Current Consumption ( mA )- 410
COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
Features-
Max 2 modules mountable for 1 main unit Total 5 channels of communication in 1 MasterLogic-50 system(including Loader)
Max 32-unit connection through RS-485 communication
Protocol editing and parameter setting using SoftMaster-NM
Configurable communication speed setting (300 ~ 115200 bps)
Long distance communication system using dedicated modem (expansion RS-232C Communication module)
Full duplex Half Duplex communication (expansion RS485 Communication module)
PTP User-defined Communication and Modbus communication master
Modbus RTU ASCII drivers for HMI connection
Various diagnosis function using SoftMaster-NM (IO information CPU Link Service LOG)
COMMUNICATION- Snet
System Configuration-
COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
Modem Connection- Remote communication with external devices via modem connection Available for only RS-232C port
Communication Mode- Dedicated Mode- 11 or 1N communication using ML dedicated protocol
- SoftMaster- Program upload download and remote control
-P2P Mode- Communication by protocol using SoftMaster-NM (Interface with other PLCrsquos) HMI Modbus RTU ASCII master communication
Operation Mode- Server(Slave)- Remote connection simultaneously using Modbus server user-defined
-Master- Modbus RTU ASCII master user defined
COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos built-in RS-485 Max 32-station multi-drop
system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM
Max 32 stations
Master Slave 1 Slave 2 Slave 31
Loader Comm
RS-485
Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos expansion RS-422 module Max 32-station
multi-drop system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM
Master Slave 1 Slave 32
RS-422
RS-485
HCiHCiX
Integrated Programming and Debug Environment- Soft-Master Enhanced programming convenience and various
monitoringdiagnosis
Soft-Master-NM Integrated software for network setting monitoring diagnosis
Multi-PLC Multi-program management
Convenient Variable Editing
Compatibility with Microsoft Excel
Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
bull Address Monitoring bull Custom Event Monitor
bull Special Module Monitoring bull Trend Monitor
User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
With its detachable terminal block and MIL connector Master Logic
50 provides easiness and convenience for wiring and module change
For expansion of PLC system each module can be easily connected
and separated by its direct-insert method
Built-in Function Input Filter- In the application site where noise is easily generated MasterLogic-
50rsquos built-in input filter prevents wrong input caused by noise Input filter have PLC do not process input signal that has shorter time constant than set value in Soft-Master
Standard Filtering Time Setting
Filtering Time Setting for Each Module
time
Filtering time
External input signal
input image data
Programming Software Soft-Master- Programming editing amp engineering software
Windows based easy operation
Multi-PLC Multi-programming supports
Various monitoring and diagnosis functions
Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
Sink amp Source Concept-
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load
They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures
ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo
ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo
Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry
MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation
Data memory
1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit
Word Device Areahellip
Troubleshooting-
1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected
Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble
The causes troubling PLC system are as follows
1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble
2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation
Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting
1) Visual checks
Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents
2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off
3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program
Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip
Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink
input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure
Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value
- PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
- MASTER LOGIC- 50
- FEATURES-
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- FUNCTIONS-
- FUNCTIONShelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
- COMMUNICATION-
- Slide 23
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
- COMMUNICATION- Snet
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
- Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
- Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
- User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
- Built-in Function Input Filter-
- Programming Software Soft-Master-
- Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Word Device Areahellip
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
- Slide 67
- Input Output Specifications-
- Slide 69
- Slide 70
-
5) Optimized communication environment With max 3 channels of internal COM (incl loader) up to 3
channels communication is available without any increase of module Supporting various protocols to improve the convenience (dedicated
Modbus user-defined communication) Communication module may be additionally increased by adding
modules (up to 2 stages such as Snet Enet and etc) Convenient network-diagnostic function through network amp
communication frame monitoring Convenient networking to upper systems through Enet or Snet
6) Applications expanded with a variety of IO modules 8 16 32 64 modules provided (if relay output 816 module) Single input single output and mixed IO modules supported
FEATUREShelliphellip
7) Applications expanded through analog-dedicated register design and full slot table mechanism
Prior to increase slot analogue modules attachable (up to 7 stages available)
With analog dedicated register(U) and monitoring dedicated function convenient use of IO is maximized(can designate
operations using easy program of U area and monitoring function)
8) Integrated programming environment
Soft Master intensified program convenience diverse monitoring diagnosis and editing function
Soft Master - NM COMnetwork parameters setting frame monitoring protocol analysis function
FEATUREShelliphellip
9) Built-in high speed counter function
Providing High-speed counter 1phase 4CH (max 20kpps) 2phase 2CH (max 10kpps) and more additional functions
Providing parameter setting diverse monitoring and diagnosis function using Soft Master
Commissioning by monitoring of Soft Master without program inspecting external wiring data setting and others
10) Built-in position control function
Supporting max 100kpps 2 axes
Providing parameter setting operation data collection diverse monitoring and diagnosis by using Soft Master
Commissioning by monitoring of Soft Master without program inspecting external wiring and operation data setting
FEATUREShelliphellip
11) Built-in PID
Supporting max 16 loops
Setting parameters by using Soft Master and supporting loop status monitoring conveniently with trend monitor
Control constant setting through the improved Auto-tuning function
With many other additional functions including PWM output ΔMV ΔPV and SV Ramp improving the control preciseness
Supporting types of control modes such as forwardbackward mixed operation 2-stage SV PID control cascade control and etc
A variety of warning functions such as PV MAX and PV variation warning securing the safety
FEATUREShelliphellip
12) Enhanced Maintenance
FEATUREShelliphellip
Convenient programming environment with analog register and Index register Enhanced Maintenance amp Repair with program modularization (Max 128
Program Block) Built-in Flash ROM Battery-less Back-Up with built-in Flash Rom Comment Back-Up Enhanced program maintenance by Comment Back-Up
Operating multiple programs through program modularization
Specifying special-function operation using Analog register
Index register
Line CommentRung Comment
13) Optimal Communication EnvironmentFEATUREShelliphellip
Strengthened Communication function (Max 5Ch communication) Built-in 3Ch communication (including Loader) and Max 2
expansion communication module Enhanced Comm Convenience with various protocol (Dedicated
Modbus User-defined) Advanced diagnosis with networkframe monitoring function Easy accessibility to high-level system network through Ethernet or
Snet
Loader
RS-485RS-232C
Ethernet
RS-422485
14) Scalability with Expansion ModuleFEATUREShelliphellip
Max 7-stage 480 IO point system available
Multi-communication system with max 2 expansion
module (Max 5Ch )
GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS- Storage temperature - 25~+75 Altitude - Up to 2000m
Operating Ambience- Free from corrosive gasses and excessive dust
Cooling - Air-cooling
Pollution level - Less than equal to 2
Programming language-
Ladder Diagram
Instruction List
No of instructions- 720
Basic 42
Applied 678
Program capacity -10k steps
Operation mode - RUN STOP DEBUG
Self diagnosis
Operation delay monitoring
Memory error
IO error
Battery error
Power error
Program port
RS-232C (Loader) Remote connection using RS-232C
RS-485
GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
Built-in function -
RS-232C485
High-speed counter
PID control
Pulse catch
Input filter
External interrupt
Internal current consumption - 400mA
Weight- 100g
GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
FUNCTIONS-
FUNCTIONShelliphellip
ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION- ML50 series System Configuration is as follows Expanded special
module is available to connect maximum 7 stages and expanded communication module is available to connect maximum 2 stages
ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
COMMUNICATION- MasterLogic-50 series provides built-in functions and expansion
modules for communication With these functions and modules
MasterLogic-50 can exchange data with various external devices
such as HMI through its communication
Protocol1 Server communication
ML200 server
Modbus ASCIIRTU
2 Client communication
Communication(P2PCommunication)
ML200 dedicated client
User-defined Communication
Modbus client (ASCIIRTU)
3 Remote connection service
4 Loader Communication
Loader
RS-485
RS-232C
RS-422 Ethernet
RS-485
SoftMaster
ML200 Ethern
et
Loader
FEnetPositioning
Demo Kit
Positioning
Demo Kit
MLM-DN32S IO 4EA AD Snet FEnet
Positioning
COMMUNICATIONhelliphelliphellip
COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNETFeatureshellip
10100 Base-Tx Fast Ethernet for industrial use (IEEE8023)
Dedicated service for HMI connection (Modbus-TCP protocol)
High speed link communication with high-level PLC(MasterLogic200 MasterLogic200i)
Remote program Remote monitoring with Soft-Master remote service
Network security with Host table(limitation of unwanted connections)
Convenient network system setting and various self-diagnosis monitoring with Soft-Master-NM
Monitoring network information (Auto scan)
Checking module in network (PING)
Providing information of each service
(High speed link P2P dedicated service media condition)
User protocol editing and P2P service (Communication with other brandrsquos equipment)
COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
Performance- Model MLL-EMTA
Communication Spec-10100 Base-TX
Protocol - TCPIP UDPIP
Service -With ML PLCs -High-speed link P2P service
-With Other Devices -P2P service
-Application- Dedicated protocol service SoftMaster
HS Link Sending Receiving - 200 words block(Max 128 blocks)
No of Channel Connectable to Upper Stage- 8 channels
Service- Communication with PC (HMI) and external devices high-speed communication among ML PLCrsquos
Media- UTPSTP Category 5
Current Consumption ( mA )- 410
COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
Features-
Max 2 modules mountable for 1 main unit Total 5 channels of communication in 1 MasterLogic-50 system(including Loader)
Max 32-unit connection through RS-485 communication
Protocol editing and parameter setting using SoftMaster-NM
Configurable communication speed setting (300 ~ 115200 bps)
Long distance communication system using dedicated modem (expansion RS-232C Communication module)
Full duplex Half Duplex communication (expansion RS485 Communication module)
PTP User-defined Communication and Modbus communication master
Modbus RTU ASCII drivers for HMI connection
Various diagnosis function using SoftMaster-NM (IO information CPU Link Service LOG)
COMMUNICATION- Snet
System Configuration-
COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
Modem Connection- Remote communication with external devices via modem connection Available for only RS-232C port
Communication Mode- Dedicated Mode- 11 or 1N communication using ML dedicated protocol
- SoftMaster- Program upload download and remote control
-P2P Mode- Communication by protocol using SoftMaster-NM (Interface with other PLCrsquos) HMI Modbus RTU ASCII master communication
Operation Mode- Server(Slave)- Remote connection simultaneously using Modbus server user-defined
-Master- Modbus RTU ASCII master user defined
COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos built-in RS-485 Max 32-station multi-drop
system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM
Max 32 stations
Master Slave 1 Slave 2 Slave 31
Loader Comm
RS-485
Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos expansion RS-422 module Max 32-station
multi-drop system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM
Master Slave 1 Slave 32
RS-422
RS-485
HCiHCiX
Integrated Programming and Debug Environment- Soft-Master Enhanced programming convenience and various
monitoringdiagnosis
Soft-Master-NM Integrated software for network setting monitoring diagnosis
Multi-PLC Multi-program management
Convenient Variable Editing
Compatibility with Microsoft Excel
Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
bull Address Monitoring bull Custom Event Monitor
bull Special Module Monitoring bull Trend Monitor
User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
With its detachable terminal block and MIL connector Master Logic
50 provides easiness and convenience for wiring and module change
For expansion of PLC system each module can be easily connected
and separated by its direct-insert method
Built-in Function Input Filter- In the application site where noise is easily generated MasterLogic-
50rsquos built-in input filter prevents wrong input caused by noise Input filter have PLC do not process input signal that has shorter time constant than set value in Soft-Master
Standard Filtering Time Setting
Filtering Time Setting for Each Module
time
Filtering time
External input signal
input image data
Programming Software Soft-Master- Programming editing amp engineering software
Windows based easy operation
Multi-PLC Multi-programming supports
Various monitoring and diagnosis functions
Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
Sink amp Source Concept-
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load
They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures
ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo
ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo
Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry
MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation
Data memory
1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit
Word Device Areahellip
Troubleshooting-
1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected
Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble
The causes troubling PLC system are as follows
1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble
2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation
Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting
1) Visual checks
Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents
2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off
3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program
Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip
Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink
input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure
Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value
- PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
- MASTER LOGIC- 50
- FEATURES-
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- FUNCTIONS-
- FUNCTIONShelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
- COMMUNICATION-
- Slide 23
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
- COMMUNICATION- Snet
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
- Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
- Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
- User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
- Built-in Function Input Filter-
- Programming Software Soft-Master-
- Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Word Device Areahellip
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
- Slide 67
- Input Output Specifications-
- Slide 69
- Slide 70
-
7) Applications expanded through analog-dedicated register design and full slot table mechanism
Prior to increase slot analogue modules attachable (up to 7 stages available)
With analog dedicated register(U) and monitoring dedicated function convenient use of IO is maximized(can designate
operations using easy program of U area and monitoring function)
8) Integrated programming environment
Soft Master intensified program convenience diverse monitoring diagnosis and editing function
Soft Master - NM COMnetwork parameters setting frame monitoring protocol analysis function
FEATUREShelliphellip
9) Built-in high speed counter function
Providing High-speed counter 1phase 4CH (max 20kpps) 2phase 2CH (max 10kpps) and more additional functions
Providing parameter setting diverse monitoring and diagnosis function using Soft Master
Commissioning by monitoring of Soft Master without program inspecting external wiring data setting and others
10) Built-in position control function
Supporting max 100kpps 2 axes
Providing parameter setting operation data collection diverse monitoring and diagnosis by using Soft Master
Commissioning by monitoring of Soft Master without program inspecting external wiring and operation data setting
FEATUREShelliphellip
11) Built-in PID
Supporting max 16 loops
Setting parameters by using Soft Master and supporting loop status monitoring conveniently with trend monitor
Control constant setting through the improved Auto-tuning function
With many other additional functions including PWM output ΔMV ΔPV and SV Ramp improving the control preciseness
Supporting types of control modes such as forwardbackward mixed operation 2-stage SV PID control cascade control and etc
A variety of warning functions such as PV MAX and PV variation warning securing the safety
FEATUREShelliphellip
12) Enhanced Maintenance
FEATUREShelliphellip
Convenient programming environment with analog register and Index register Enhanced Maintenance amp Repair with program modularization (Max 128
Program Block) Built-in Flash ROM Battery-less Back-Up with built-in Flash Rom Comment Back-Up Enhanced program maintenance by Comment Back-Up
Operating multiple programs through program modularization
Specifying special-function operation using Analog register
Index register
Line CommentRung Comment
13) Optimal Communication EnvironmentFEATUREShelliphellip
Strengthened Communication function (Max 5Ch communication) Built-in 3Ch communication (including Loader) and Max 2
expansion communication module Enhanced Comm Convenience with various protocol (Dedicated
Modbus User-defined) Advanced diagnosis with networkframe monitoring function Easy accessibility to high-level system network through Ethernet or
Snet
Loader
RS-485RS-232C
Ethernet
RS-422485
14) Scalability with Expansion ModuleFEATUREShelliphellip
Max 7-stage 480 IO point system available
Multi-communication system with max 2 expansion
module (Max 5Ch )
GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS- Storage temperature - 25~+75 Altitude - Up to 2000m
Operating Ambience- Free from corrosive gasses and excessive dust
Cooling - Air-cooling
Pollution level - Less than equal to 2
Programming language-
Ladder Diagram
Instruction List
No of instructions- 720
Basic 42
Applied 678
Program capacity -10k steps
Operation mode - RUN STOP DEBUG
Self diagnosis
Operation delay monitoring
Memory error
IO error
Battery error
Power error
Program port
RS-232C (Loader) Remote connection using RS-232C
RS-485
GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
Built-in function -
RS-232C485
High-speed counter
PID control
Pulse catch
Input filter
External interrupt
Internal current consumption - 400mA
Weight- 100g
GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
FUNCTIONS-
FUNCTIONShelliphellip
ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION- ML50 series System Configuration is as follows Expanded special
module is available to connect maximum 7 stages and expanded communication module is available to connect maximum 2 stages
ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
COMMUNICATION- MasterLogic-50 series provides built-in functions and expansion
modules for communication With these functions and modules
MasterLogic-50 can exchange data with various external devices
such as HMI through its communication
Protocol1 Server communication
ML200 server
Modbus ASCIIRTU
2 Client communication
Communication(P2PCommunication)
ML200 dedicated client
User-defined Communication
Modbus client (ASCIIRTU)
3 Remote connection service
4 Loader Communication
Loader
RS-485
RS-232C
RS-422 Ethernet
RS-485
SoftMaster
ML200 Ethern
et
Loader
FEnetPositioning
Demo Kit
Positioning
Demo Kit
MLM-DN32S IO 4EA AD Snet FEnet
Positioning
COMMUNICATIONhelliphelliphellip
COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNETFeatureshellip
10100 Base-Tx Fast Ethernet for industrial use (IEEE8023)
Dedicated service for HMI connection (Modbus-TCP protocol)
High speed link communication with high-level PLC(MasterLogic200 MasterLogic200i)
Remote program Remote monitoring with Soft-Master remote service
Network security with Host table(limitation of unwanted connections)
Convenient network system setting and various self-diagnosis monitoring with Soft-Master-NM
Monitoring network information (Auto scan)
Checking module in network (PING)
Providing information of each service
(High speed link P2P dedicated service media condition)
User protocol editing and P2P service (Communication with other brandrsquos equipment)
COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
Performance- Model MLL-EMTA
Communication Spec-10100 Base-TX
Protocol - TCPIP UDPIP
Service -With ML PLCs -High-speed link P2P service
-With Other Devices -P2P service
-Application- Dedicated protocol service SoftMaster
HS Link Sending Receiving - 200 words block(Max 128 blocks)
No of Channel Connectable to Upper Stage- 8 channels
Service- Communication with PC (HMI) and external devices high-speed communication among ML PLCrsquos
Media- UTPSTP Category 5
Current Consumption ( mA )- 410
COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
Features-
Max 2 modules mountable for 1 main unit Total 5 channels of communication in 1 MasterLogic-50 system(including Loader)
Max 32-unit connection through RS-485 communication
Protocol editing and parameter setting using SoftMaster-NM
Configurable communication speed setting (300 ~ 115200 bps)
Long distance communication system using dedicated modem (expansion RS-232C Communication module)
Full duplex Half Duplex communication (expansion RS485 Communication module)
PTP User-defined Communication and Modbus communication master
Modbus RTU ASCII drivers for HMI connection
Various diagnosis function using SoftMaster-NM (IO information CPU Link Service LOG)
COMMUNICATION- Snet
System Configuration-
COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
Modem Connection- Remote communication with external devices via modem connection Available for only RS-232C port
Communication Mode- Dedicated Mode- 11 or 1N communication using ML dedicated protocol
- SoftMaster- Program upload download and remote control
-P2P Mode- Communication by protocol using SoftMaster-NM (Interface with other PLCrsquos) HMI Modbus RTU ASCII master communication
Operation Mode- Server(Slave)- Remote connection simultaneously using Modbus server user-defined
-Master- Modbus RTU ASCII master user defined
COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos built-in RS-485 Max 32-station multi-drop
system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM
Max 32 stations
Master Slave 1 Slave 2 Slave 31
Loader Comm
RS-485
Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos expansion RS-422 module Max 32-station
multi-drop system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM
Master Slave 1 Slave 32
RS-422
RS-485
HCiHCiX
Integrated Programming and Debug Environment- Soft-Master Enhanced programming convenience and various
monitoringdiagnosis
Soft-Master-NM Integrated software for network setting monitoring diagnosis
Multi-PLC Multi-program management
Convenient Variable Editing
Compatibility with Microsoft Excel
Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
bull Address Monitoring bull Custom Event Monitor
bull Special Module Monitoring bull Trend Monitor
User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
With its detachable terminal block and MIL connector Master Logic
50 provides easiness and convenience for wiring and module change
For expansion of PLC system each module can be easily connected
and separated by its direct-insert method
Built-in Function Input Filter- In the application site where noise is easily generated MasterLogic-
50rsquos built-in input filter prevents wrong input caused by noise Input filter have PLC do not process input signal that has shorter time constant than set value in Soft-Master
Standard Filtering Time Setting
Filtering Time Setting for Each Module
time
Filtering time
External input signal
input image data
Programming Software Soft-Master- Programming editing amp engineering software
Windows based easy operation
Multi-PLC Multi-programming supports
Various monitoring and diagnosis functions
Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
Sink amp Source Concept-
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load
They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures
ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo
ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo
Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry
MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation
Data memory
1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit
Word Device Areahellip
Troubleshooting-
1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected
Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble
The causes troubling PLC system are as follows
1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble
2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation
Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting
1) Visual checks
Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents
2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off
3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program
Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip
Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink
input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure
Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value
- PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
- MASTER LOGIC- 50
- FEATURES-
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- FUNCTIONS-
- FUNCTIONShelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
- COMMUNICATION-
- Slide 23
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
- COMMUNICATION- Snet
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
- Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
- Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
- User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
- Built-in Function Input Filter-
- Programming Software Soft-Master-
- Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Word Device Areahellip
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
- Slide 67
- Input Output Specifications-
- Slide 69
- Slide 70
-
9) Built-in high speed counter function
Providing High-speed counter 1phase 4CH (max 20kpps) 2phase 2CH (max 10kpps) and more additional functions
Providing parameter setting diverse monitoring and diagnosis function using Soft Master
Commissioning by monitoring of Soft Master without program inspecting external wiring data setting and others
10) Built-in position control function
Supporting max 100kpps 2 axes
Providing parameter setting operation data collection diverse monitoring and diagnosis by using Soft Master
Commissioning by monitoring of Soft Master without program inspecting external wiring and operation data setting
FEATUREShelliphellip
11) Built-in PID
Supporting max 16 loops
Setting parameters by using Soft Master and supporting loop status monitoring conveniently with trend monitor
Control constant setting through the improved Auto-tuning function
With many other additional functions including PWM output ΔMV ΔPV and SV Ramp improving the control preciseness
Supporting types of control modes such as forwardbackward mixed operation 2-stage SV PID control cascade control and etc
A variety of warning functions such as PV MAX and PV variation warning securing the safety
FEATUREShelliphellip
12) Enhanced Maintenance
FEATUREShelliphellip
Convenient programming environment with analog register and Index register Enhanced Maintenance amp Repair with program modularization (Max 128
Program Block) Built-in Flash ROM Battery-less Back-Up with built-in Flash Rom Comment Back-Up Enhanced program maintenance by Comment Back-Up
Operating multiple programs through program modularization
Specifying special-function operation using Analog register
Index register
Line CommentRung Comment
13) Optimal Communication EnvironmentFEATUREShelliphellip
Strengthened Communication function (Max 5Ch communication) Built-in 3Ch communication (including Loader) and Max 2
expansion communication module Enhanced Comm Convenience with various protocol (Dedicated
Modbus User-defined) Advanced diagnosis with networkframe monitoring function Easy accessibility to high-level system network through Ethernet or
Snet
Loader
RS-485RS-232C
Ethernet
RS-422485
14) Scalability with Expansion ModuleFEATUREShelliphellip
Max 7-stage 480 IO point system available
Multi-communication system with max 2 expansion
module (Max 5Ch )
GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS- Storage temperature - 25~+75 Altitude - Up to 2000m
Operating Ambience- Free from corrosive gasses and excessive dust
Cooling - Air-cooling
Pollution level - Less than equal to 2
Programming language-
Ladder Diagram
Instruction List
No of instructions- 720
Basic 42
Applied 678
Program capacity -10k steps
Operation mode - RUN STOP DEBUG
Self diagnosis
Operation delay monitoring
Memory error
IO error
Battery error
Power error
Program port
RS-232C (Loader) Remote connection using RS-232C
RS-485
GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
Built-in function -
RS-232C485
High-speed counter
PID control
Pulse catch
Input filter
External interrupt
Internal current consumption - 400mA
Weight- 100g
GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
FUNCTIONS-
FUNCTIONShelliphellip
ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION- ML50 series System Configuration is as follows Expanded special
module is available to connect maximum 7 stages and expanded communication module is available to connect maximum 2 stages
ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
COMMUNICATION- MasterLogic-50 series provides built-in functions and expansion
modules for communication With these functions and modules
MasterLogic-50 can exchange data with various external devices
such as HMI through its communication
Protocol1 Server communication
ML200 server
Modbus ASCIIRTU
2 Client communication
Communication(P2PCommunication)
ML200 dedicated client
User-defined Communication
Modbus client (ASCIIRTU)
3 Remote connection service
4 Loader Communication
Loader
RS-485
RS-232C
RS-422 Ethernet
RS-485
SoftMaster
ML200 Ethern
et
Loader
FEnetPositioning
Demo Kit
Positioning
Demo Kit
MLM-DN32S IO 4EA AD Snet FEnet
Positioning
COMMUNICATIONhelliphelliphellip
COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNETFeatureshellip
10100 Base-Tx Fast Ethernet for industrial use (IEEE8023)
Dedicated service for HMI connection (Modbus-TCP protocol)
High speed link communication with high-level PLC(MasterLogic200 MasterLogic200i)
Remote program Remote monitoring with Soft-Master remote service
Network security with Host table(limitation of unwanted connections)
Convenient network system setting and various self-diagnosis monitoring with Soft-Master-NM
Monitoring network information (Auto scan)
Checking module in network (PING)
Providing information of each service
(High speed link P2P dedicated service media condition)
User protocol editing and P2P service (Communication with other brandrsquos equipment)
COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
Performance- Model MLL-EMTA
Communication Spec-10100 Base-TX
Protocol - TCPIP UDPIP
Service -With ML PLCs -High-speed link P2P service
-With Other Devices -P2P service
-Application- Dedicated protocol service SoftMaster
HS Link Sending Receiving - 200 words block(Max 128 blocks)
No of Channel Connectable to Upper Stage- 8 channels
Service- Communication with PC (HMI) and external devices high-speed communication among ML PLCrsquos
Media- UTPSTP Category 5
Current Consumption ( mA )- 410
COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
Features-
Max 2 modules mountable for 1 main unit Total 5 channels of communication in 1 MasterLogic-50 system(including Loader)
Max 32-unit connection through RS-485 communication
Protocol editing and parameter setting using SoftMaster-NM
Configurable communication speed setting (300 ~ 115200 bps)
Long distance communication system using dedicated modem (expansion RS-232C Communication module)
Full duplex Half Duplex communication (expansion RS485 Communication module)
PTP User-defined Communication and Modbus communication master
Modbus RTU ASCII drivers for HMI connection
Various diagnosis function using SoftMaster-NM (IO information CPU Link Service LOG)
COMMUNICATION- Snet
System Configuration-
COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
Modem Connection- Remote communication with external devices via modem connection Available for only RS-232C port
Communication Mode- Dedicated Mode- 11 or 1N communication using ML dedicated protocol
- SoftMaster- Program upload download and remote control
-P2P Mode- Communication by protocol using SoftMaster-NM (Interface with other PLCrsquos) HMI Modbus RTU ASCII master communication
Operation Mode- Server(Slave)- Remote connection simultaneously using Modbus server user-defined
-Master- Modbus RTU ASCII master user defined
COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos built-in RS-485 Max 32-station multi-drop
system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM
Max 32 stations
Master Slave 1 Slave 2 Slave 31
Loader Comm
RS-485
Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos expansion RS-422 module Max 32-station
multi-drop system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM
Master Slave 1 Slave 32
RS-422
RS-485
HCiHCiX
Integrated Programming and Debug Environment- Soft-Master Enhanced programming convenience and various
monitoringdiagnosis
Soft-Master-NM Integrated software for network setting monitoring diagnosis
Multi-PLC Multi-program management
Convenient Variable Editing
Compatibility with Microsoft Excel
Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
bull Address Monitoring bull Custom Event Monitor
bull Special Module Monitoring bull Trend Monitor
User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
With its detachable terminal block and MIL connector Master Logic
50 provides easiness and convenience for wiring and module change
For expansion of PLC system each module can be easily connected
and separated by its direct-insert method
Built-in Function Input Filter- In the application site where noise is easily generated MasterLogic-
50rsquos built-in input filter prevents wrong input caused by noise Input filter have PLC do not process input signal that has shorter time constant than set value in Soft-Master
Standard Filtering Time Setting
Filtering Time Setting for Each Module
time
Filtering time
External input signal
input image data
Programming Software Soft-Master- Programming editing amp engineering software
Windows based easy operation
Multi-PLC Multi-programming supports
Various monitoring and diagnosis functions
Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
Sink amp Source Concept-
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load
They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures
ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo
ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo
Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry
MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation
Data memory
1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit
Word Device Areahellip
Troubleshooting-
1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected
Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble
The causes troubling PLC system are as follows
1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble
2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation
Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting
1) Visual checks
Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents
2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off
3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program
Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip
Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink
input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure
Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value
- PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
- MASTER LOGIC- 50
- FEATURES-
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- FUNCTIONS-
- FUNCTIONShelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
- COMMUNICATION-
- Slide 23
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
- COMMUNICATION- Snet
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
- Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
- Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
- User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
- Built-in Function Input Filter-
- Programming Software Soft-Master-
- Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Word Device Areahellip
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
- Slide 67
- Input Output Specifications-
- Slide 69
- Slide 70
-
11) Built-in PID
Supporting max 16 loops
Setting parameters by using Soft Master and supporting loop status monitoring conveniently with trend monitor
Control constant setting through the improved Auto-tuning function
With many other additional functions including PWM output ΔMV ΔPV and SV Ramp improving the control preciseness
Supporting types of control modes such as forwardbackward mixed operation 2-stage SV PID control cascade control and etc
A variety of warning functions such as PV MAX and PV variation warning securing the safety
FEATUREShelliphellip
12) Enhanced Maintenance
FEATUREShelliphellip
Convenient programming environment with analog register and Index register Enhanced Maintenance amp Repair with program modularization (Max 128
Program Block) Built-in Flash ROM Battery-less Back-Up with built-in Flash Rom Comment Back-Up Enhanced program maintenance by Comment Back-Up
Operating multiple programs through program modularization
Specifying special-function operation using Analog register
Index register
Line CommentRung Comment
13) Optimal Communication EnvironmentFEATUREShelliphellip
Strengthened Communication function (Max 5Ch communication) Built-in 3Ch communication (including Loader) and Max 2
expansion communication module Enhanced Comm Convenience with various protocol (Dedicated
Modbus User-defined) Advanced diagnosis with networkframe monitoring function Easy accessibility to high-level system network through Ethernet or
Snet
Loader
RS-485RS-232C
Ethernet
RS-422485
14) Scalability with Expansion ModuleFEATUREShelliphellip
Max 7-stage 480 IO point system available
Multi-communication system with max 2 expansion
module (Max 5Ch )
GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS- Storage temperature - 25~+75 Altitude - Up to 2000m
Operating Ambience- Free from corrosive gasses and excessive dust
Cooling - Air-cooling
Pollution level - Less than equal to 2
Programming language-
Ladder Diagram
Instruction List
No of instructions- 720
Basic 42
Applied 678
Program capacity -10k steps
Operation mode - RUN STOP DEBUG
Self diagnosis
Operation delay monitoring
Memory error
IO error
Battery error
Power error
Program port
RS-232C (Loader) Remote connection using RS-232C
RS-485
GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
Built-in function -
RS-232C485
High-speed counter
PID control
Pulse catch
Input filter
External interrupt
Internal current consumption - 400mA
Weight- 100g
GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
FUNCTIONS-
FUNCTIONShelliphellip
ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION- ML50 series System Configuration is as follows Expanded special
module is available to connect maximum 7 stages and expanded communication module is available to connect maximum 2 stages
ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
COMMUNICATION- MasterLogic-50 series provides built-in functions and expansion
modules for communication With these functions and modules
MasterLogic-50 can exchange data with various external devices
such as HMI through its communication
Protocol1 Server communication
ML200 server
Modbus ASCIIRTU
2 Client communication
Communication(P2PCommunication)
ML200 dedicated client
User-defined Communication
Modbus client (ASCIIRTU)
3 Remote connection service
4 Loader Communication
Loader
RS-485
RS-232C
RS-422 Ethernet
RS-485
SoftMaster
ML200 Ethern
et
Loader
FEnetPositioning
Demo Kit
Positioning
Demo Kit
MLM-DN32S IO 4EA AD Snet FEnet
Positioning
COMMUNICATIONhelliphelliphellip
COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNETFeatureshellip
10100 Base-Tx Fast Ethernet for industrial use (IEEE8023)
Dedicated service for HMI connection (Modbus-TCP protocol)
High speed link communication with high-level PLC(MasterLogic200 MasterLogic200i)
Remote program Remote monitoring with Soft-Master remote service
Network security with Host table(limitation of unwanted connections)
Convenient network system setting and various self-diagnosis monitoring with Soft-Master-NM
Monitoring network information (Auto scan)
Checking module in network (PING)
Providing information of each service
(High speed link P2P dedicated service media condition)
User protocol editing and P2P service (Communication with other brandrsquos equipment)
COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
Performance- Model MLL-EMTA
Communication Spec-10100 Base-TX
Protocol - TCPIP UDPIP
Service -With ML PLCs -High-speed link P2P service
-With Other Devices -P2P service
-Application- Dedicated protocol service SoftMaster
HS Link Sending Receiving - 200 words block(Max 128 blocks)
No of Channel Connectable to Upper Stage- 8 channels
Service- Communication with PC (HMI) and external devices high-speed communication among ML PLCrsquos
Media- UTPSTP Category 5
Current Consumption ( mA )- 410
COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
Features-
Max 2 modules mountable for 1 main unit Total 5 channels of communication in 1 MasterLogic-50 system(including Loader)
Max 32-unit connection through RS-485 communication
Protocol editing and parameter setting using SoftMaster-NM
Configurable communication speed setting (300 ~ 115200 bps)
Long distance communication system using dedicated modem (expansion RS-232C Communication module)
Full duplex Half Duplex communication (expansion RS485 Communication module)
PTP User-defined Communication and Modbus communication master
Modbus RTU ASCII drivers for HMI connection
Various diagnosis function using SoftMaster-NM (IO information CPU Link Service LOG)
COMMUNICATION- Snet
System Configuration-
COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
Modem Connection- Remote communication with external devices via modem connection Available for only RS-232C port
Communication Mode- Dedicated Mode- 11 or 1N communication using ML dedicated protocol
- SoftMaster- Program upload download and remote control
-P2P Mode- Communication by protocol using SoftMaster-NM (Interface with other PLCrsquos) HMI Modbus RTU ASCII master communication
Operation Mode- Server(Slave)- Remote connection simultaneously using Modbus server user-defined
-Master- Modbus RTU ASCII master user defined
COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos built-in RS-485 Max 32-station multi-drop
system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM
Max 32 stations
Master Slave 1 Slave 2 Slave 31
Loader Comm
RS-485
Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos expansion RS-422 module Max 32-station
multi-drop system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM
Master Slave 1 Slave 32
RS-422
RS-485
HCiHCiX
Integrated Programming and Debug Environment- Soft-Master Enhanced programming convenience and various
monitoringdiagnosis
Soft-Master-NM Integrated software for network setting monitoring diagnosis
Multi-PLC Multi-program management
Convenient Variable Editing
Compatibility with Microsoft Excel
Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
bull Address Monitoring bull Custom Event Monitor
bull Special Module Monitoring bull Trend Monitor
User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
With its detachable terminal block and MIL connector Master Logic
50 provides easiness and convenience for wiring and module change
For expansion of PLC system each module can be easily connected
and separated by its direct-insert method
Built-in Function Input Filter- In the application site where noise is easily generated MasterLogic-
50rsquos built-in input filter prevents wrong input caused by noise Input filter have PLC do not process input signal that has shorter time constant than set value in Soft-Master
Standard Filtering Time Setting
Filtering Time Setting for Each Module
time
Filtering time
External input signal
input image data
Programming Software Soft-Master- Programming editing amp engineering software
Windows based easy operation
Multi-PLC Multi-programming supports
Various monitoring and diagnosis functions
Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
Sink amp Source Concept-
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load
They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures
ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo
ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo
Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry
MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation
Data memory
1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit
Word Device Areahellip
Troubleshooting-
1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected
Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble
The causes troubling PLC system are as follows
1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble
2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation
Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting
1) Visual checks
Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents
2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off
3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program
Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip
Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink
input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure
Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value
- PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
- MASTER LOGIC- 50
- FEATURES-
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- FUNCTIONS-
- FUNCTIONShelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
- COMMUNICATION-
- Slide 23
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
- COMMUNICATION- Snet
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
- Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
- Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
- User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
- Built-in Function Input Filter-
- Programming Software Soft-Master-
- Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Word Device Areahellip
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
- Slide 67
- Input Output Specifications-
- Slide 69
- Slide 70
-
12) Enhanced Maintenance
FEATUREShelliphellip
Convenient programming environment with analog register and Index register Enhanced Maintenance amp Repair with program modularization (Max 128
Program Block) Built-in Flash ROM Battery-less Back-Up with built-in Flash Rom Comment Back-Up Enhanced program maintenance by Comment Back-Up
Operating multiple programs through program modularization
Specifying special-function operation using Analog register
Index register
Line CommentRung Comment
13) Optimal Communication EnvironmentFEATUREShelliphellip
Strengthened Communication function (Max 5Ch communication) Built-in 3Ch communication (including Loader) and Max 2
expansion communication module Enhanced Comm Convenience with various protocol (Dedicated
Modbus User-defined) Advanced diagnosis with networkframe monitoring function Easy accessibility to high-level system network through Ethernet or
Snet
Loader
RS-485RS-232C
Ethernet
RS-422485
14) Scalability with Expansion ModuleFEATUREShelliphellip
Max 7-stage 480 IO point system available
Multi-communication system with max 2 expansion
module (Max 5Ch )
GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS- Storage temperature - 25~+75 Altitude - Up to 2000m
Operating Ambience- Free from corrosive gasses and excessive dust
Cooling - Air-cooling
Pollution level - Less than equal to 2
Programming language-
Ladder Diagram
Instruction List
No of instructions- 720
Basic 42
Applied 678
Program capacity -10k steps
Operation mode - RUN STOP DEBUG
Self diagnosis
Operation delay monitoring
Memory error
IO error
Battery error
Power error
Program port
RS-232C (Loader) Remote connection using RS-232C
RS-485
GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
Built-in function -
RS-232C485
High-speed counter
PID control
Pulse catch
Input filter
External interrupt
Internal current consumption - 400mA
Weight- 100g
GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
FUNCTIONS-
FUNCTIONShelliphellip
ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION- ML50 series System Configuration is as follows Expanded special
module is available to connect maximum 7 stages and expanded communication module is available to connect maximum 2 stages
ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
COMMUNICATION- MasterLogic-50 series provides built-in functions and expansion
modules for communication With these functions and modules
MasterLogic-50 can exchange data with various external devices
such as HMI through its communication
Protocol1 Server communication
ML200 server
Modbus ASCIIRTU
2 Client communication
Communication(P2PCommunication)
ML200 dedicated client
User-defined Communication
Modbus client (ASCIIRTU)
3 Remote connection service
4 Loader Communication
Loader
RS-485
RS-232C
RS-422 Ethernet
RS-485
SoftMaster
ML200 Ethern
et
Loader
FEnetPositioning
Demo Kit
Positioning
Demo Kit
MLM-DN32S IO 4EA AD Snet FEnet
Positioning
COMMUNICATIONhelliphelliphellip
COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNETFeatureshellip
10100 Base-Tx Fast Ethernet for industrial use (IEEE8023)
Dedicated service for HMI connection (Modbus-TCP protocol)
High speed link communication with high-level PLC(MasterLogic200 MasterLogic200i)
Remote program Remote monitoring with Soft-Master remote service
Network security with Host table(limitation of unwanted connections)
Convenient network system setting and various self-diagnosis monitoring with Soft-Master-NM
Monitoring network information (Auto scan)
Checking module in network (PING)
Providing information of each service
(High speed link P2P dedicated service media condition)
User protocol editing and P2P service (Communication with other brandrsquos equipment)
COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
Performance- Model MLL-EMTA
Communication Spec-10100 Base-TX
Protocol - TCPIP UDPIP
Service -With ML PLCs -High-speed link P2P service
-With Other Devices -P2P service
-Application- Dedicated protocol service SoftMaster
HS Link Sending Receiving - 200 words block(Max 128 blocks)
No of Channel Connectable to Upper Stage- 8 channels
Service- Communication with PC (HMI) and external devices high-speed communication among ML PLCrsquos
Media- UTPSTP Category 5
Current Consumption ( mA )- 410
COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
Features-
Max 2 modules mountable for 1 main unit Total 5 channels of communication in 1 MasterLogic-50 system(including Loader)
Max 32-unit connection through RS-485 communication
Protocol editing and parameter setting using SoftMaster-NM
Configurable communication speed setting (300 ~ 115200 bps)
Long distance communication system using dedicated modem (expansion RS-232C Communication module)
Full duplex Half Duplex communication (expansion RS485 Communication module)
PTP User-defined Communication and Modbus communication master
Modbus RTU ASCII drivers for HMI connection
Various diagnosis function using SoftMaster-NM (IO information CPU Link Service LOG)
COMMUNICATION- Snet
System Configuration-
COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
Modem Connection- Remote communication with external devices via modem connection Available for only RS-232C port
Communication Mode- Dedicated Mode- 11 or 1N communication using ML dedicated protocol
- SoftMaster- Program upload download and remote control
-P2P Mode- Communication by protocol using SoftMaster-NM (Interface with other PLCrsquos) HMI Modbus RTU ASCII master communication
Operation Mode- Server(Slave)- Remote connection simultaneously using Modbus server user-defined
-Master- Modbus RTU ASCII master user defined
COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos built-in RS-485 Max 32-station multi-drop
system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM
Max 32 stations
Master Slave 1 Slave 2 Slave 31
Loader Comm
RS-485
Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos expansion RS-422 module Max 32-station
multi-drop system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM
Master Slave 1 Slave 32
RS-422
RS-485
HCiHCiX
Integrated Programming and Debug Environment- Soft-Master Enhanced programming convenience and various
monitoringdiagnosis
Soft-Master-NM Integrated software for network setting monitoring diagnosis
Multi-PLC Multi-program management
Convenient Variable Editing
Compatibility with Microsoft Excel
Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
bull Address Monitoring bull Custom Event Monitor
bull Special Module Monitoring bull Trend Monitor
User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
With its detachable terminal block and MIL connector Master Logic
50 provides easiness and convenience for wiring and module change
For expansion of PLC system each module can be easily connected
and separated by its direct-insert method
Built-in Function Input Filter- In the application site where noise is easily generated MasterLogic-
50rsquos built-in input filter prevents wrong input caused by noise Input filter have PLC do not process input signal that has shorter time constant than set value in Soft-Master
Standard Filtering Time Setting
Filtering Time Setting for Each Module
time
Filtering time
External input signal
input image data
Programming Software Soft-Master- Programming editing amp engineering software
Windows based easy operation
Multi-PLC Multi-programming supports
Various monitoring and diagnosis functions
Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
Sink amp Source Concept-
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load
They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures
ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo
ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo
Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry
MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation
Data memory
1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit
Word Device Areahellip
Troubleshooting-
1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected
Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble
The causes troubling PLC system are as follows
1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble
2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation
Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting
1) Visual checks
Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents
2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off
3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program
Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip
Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink
input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure
Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value
- PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
- MASTER LOGIC- 50
- FEATURES-
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- FUNCTIONS-
- FUNCTIONShelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
- COMMUNICATION-
- Slide 23
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
- COMMUNICATION- Snet
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
- Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
- Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
- User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
- Built-in Function Input Filter-
- Programming Software Soft-Master-
- Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Word Device Areahellip
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
- Slide 67
- Input Output Specifications-
- Slide 69
- Slide 70
-
13) Optimal Communication EnvironmentFEATUREShelliphellip
Strengthened Communication function (Max 5Ch communication) Built-in 3Ch communication (including Loader) and Max 2
expansion communication module Enhanced Comm Convenience with various protocol (Dedicated
Modbus User-defined) Advanced diagnosis with networkframe monitoring function Easy accessibility to high-level system network through Ethernet or
Snet
Loader
RS-485RS-232C
Ethernet
RS-422485
14) Scalability with Expansion ModuleFEATUREShelliphellip
Max 7-stage 480 IO point system available
Multi-communication system with max 2 expansion
module (Max 5Ch )
GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS- Storage temperature - 25~+75 Altitude - Up to 2000m
Operating Ambience- Free from corrosive gasses and excessive dust
Cooling - Air-cooling
Pollution level - Less than equal to 2
Programming language-
Ladder Diagram
Instruction List
No of instructions- 720
Basic 42
Applied 678
Program capacity -10k steps
Operation mode - RUN STOP DEBUG
Self diagnosis
Operation delay monitoring
Memory error
IO error
Battery error
Power error
Program port
RS-232C (Loader) Remote connection using RS-232C
RS-485
GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
Built-in function -
RS-232C485
High-speed counter
PID control
Pulse catch
Input filter
External interrupt
Internal current consumption - 400mA
Weight- 100g
GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
FUNCTIONS-
FUNCTIONShelliphellip
ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION- ML50 series System Configuration is as follows Expanded special
module is available to connect maximum 7 stages and expanded communication module is available to connect maximum 2 stages
ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
COMMUNICATION- MasterLogic-50 series provides built-in functions and expansion
modules for communication With these functions and modules
MasterLogic-50 can exchange data with various external devices
such as HMI through its communication
Protocol1 Server communication
ML200 server
Modbus ASCIIRTU
2 Client communication
Communication(P2PCommunication)
ML200 dedicated client
User-defined Communication
Modbus client (ASCIIRTU)
3 Remote connection service
4 Loader Communication
Loader
RS-485
RS-232C
RS-422 Ethernet
RS-485
SoftMaster
ML200 Ethern
et
Loader
FEnetPositioning
Demo Kit
Positioning
Demo Kit
MLM-DN32S IO 4EA AD Snet FEnet
Positioning
COMMUNICATIONhelliphelliphellip
COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNETFeatureshellip
10100 Base-Tx Fast Ethernet for industrial use (IEEE8023)
Dedicated service for HMI connection (Modbus-TCP protocol)
High speed link communication with high-level PLC(MasterLogic200 MasterLogic200i)
Remote program Remote monitoring with Soft-Master remote service
Network security with Host table(limitation of unwanted connections)
Convenient network system setting and various self-diagnosis monitoring with Soft-Master-NM
Monitoring network information (Auto scan)
Checking module in network (PING)
Providing information of each service
(High speed link P2P dedicated service media condition)
User protocol editing and P2P service (Communication with other brandrsquos equipment)
COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
Performance- Model MLL-EMTA
Communication Spec-10100 Base-TX
Protocol - TCPIP UDPIP
Service -With ML PLCs -High-speed link P2P service
-With Other Devices -P2P service
-Application- Dedicated protocol service SoftMaster
HS Link Sending Receiving - 200 words block(Max 128 blocks)
No of Channel Connectable to Upper Stage- 8 channels
Service- Communication with PC (HMI) and external devices high-speed communication among ML PLCrsquos
Media- UTPSTP Category 5
Current Consumption ( mA )- 410
COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
Features-
Max 2 modules mountable for 1 main unit Total 5 channels of communication in 1 MasterLogic-50 system(including Loader)
Max 32-unit connection through RS-485 communication
Protocol editing and parameter setting using SoftMaster-NM
Configurable communication speed setting (300 ~ 115200 bps)
Long distance communication system using dedicated modem (expansion RS-232C Communication module)
Full duplex Half Duplex communication (expansion RS485 Communication module)
PTP User-defined Communication and Modbus communication master
Modbus RTU ASCII drivers for HMI connection
Various diagnosis function using SoftMaster-NM (IO information CPU Link Service LOG)
COMMUNICATION- Snet
System Configuration-
COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
Modem Connection- Remote communication with external devices via modem connection Available for only RS-232C port
Communication Mode- Dedicated Mode- 11 or 1N communication using ML dedicated protocol
- SoftMaster- Program upload download and remote control
-P2P Mode- Communication by protocol using SoftMaster-NM (Interface with other PLCrsquos) HMI Modbus RTU ASCII master communication
Operation Mode- Server(Slave)- Remote connection simultaneously using Modbus server user-defined
-Master- Modbus RTU ASCII master user defined
COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos built-in RS-485 Max 32-station multi-drop
system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM
Max 32 stations
Master Slave 1 Slave 2 Slave 31
Loader Comm
RS-485
Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos expansion RS-422 module Max 32-station
multi-drop system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM
Master Slave 1 Slave 32
RS-422
RS-485
HCiHCiX
Integrated Programming and Debug Environment- Soft-Master Enhanced programming convenience and various
monitoringdiagnosis
Soft-Master-NM Integrated software for network setting monitoring diagnosis
Multi-PLC Multi-program management
Convenient Variable Editing
Compatibility with Microsoft Excel
Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
bull Address Monitoring bull Custom Event Monitor
bull Special Module Monitoring bull Trend Monitor
User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
With its detachable terminal block and MIL connector Master Logic
50 provides easiness and convenience for wiring and module change
For expansion of PLC system each module can be easily connected
and separated by its direct-insert method
Built-in Function Input Filter- In the application site where noise is easily generated MasterLogic-
50rsquos built-in input filter prevents wrong input caused by noise Input filter have PLC do not process input signal that has shorter time constant than set value in Soft-Master
Standard Filtering Time Setting
Filtering Time Setting for Each Module
time
Filtering time
External input signal
input image data
Programming Software Soft-Master- Programming editing amp engineering software
Windows based easy operation
Multi-PLC Multi-programming supports
Various monitoring and diagnosis functions
Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
Sink amp Source Concept-
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load
They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures
ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo
ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo
Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry
MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation
Data memory
1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit
Word Device Areahellip
Troubleshooting-
1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected
Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble
The causes troubling PLC system are as follows
1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble
2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation
Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting
1) Visual checks
Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents
2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off
3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program
Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip
Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink
input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure
Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value
- PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
- MASTER LOGIC- 50
- FEATURES-
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- FUNCTIONS-
- FUNCTIONShelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
- COMMUNICATION-
- Slide 23
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
- COMMUNICATION- Snet
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
- Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
- Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
- User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
- Built-in Function Input Filter-
- Programming Software Soft-Master-
- Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Word Device Areahellip
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
- Slide 67
- Input Output Specifications-
- Slide 69
- Slide 70
-
14) Scalability with Expansion ModuleFEATUREShelliphellip
Max 7-stage 480 IO point system available
Multi-communication system with max 2 expansion
module (Max 5Ch )
GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS- Storage temperature - 25~+75 Altitude - Up to 2000m
Operating Ambience- Free from corrosive gasses and excessive dust
Cooling - Air-cooling
Pollution level - Less than equal to 2
Programming language-
Ladder Diagram
Instruction List
No of instructions- 720
Basic 42
Applied 678
Program capacity -10k steps
Operation mode - RUN STOP DEBUG
Self diagnosis
Operation delay monitoring
Memory error
IO error
Battery error
Power error
Program port
RS-232C (Loader) Remote connection using RS-232C
RS-485
GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
Built-in function -
RS-232C485
High-speed counter
PID control
Pulse catch
Input filter
External interrupt
Internal current consumption - 400mA
Weight- 100g
GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
FUNCTIONS-
FUNCTIONShelliphellip
ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION- ML50 series System Configuration is as follows Expanded special
module is available to connect maximum 7 stages and expanded communication module is available to connect maximum 2 stages
ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
COMMUNICATION- MasterLogic-50 series provides built-in functions and expansion
modules for communication With these functions and modules
MasterLogic-50 can exchange data with various external devices
such as HMI through its communication
Protocol1 Server communication
ML200 server
Modbus ASCIIRTU
2 Client communication
Communication(P2PCommunication)
ML200 dedicated client
User-defined Communication
Modbus client (ASCIIRTU)
3 Remote connection service
4 Loader Communication
Loader
RS-485
RS-232C
RS-422 Ethernet
RS-485
SoftMaster
ML200 Ethern
et
Loader
FEnetPositioning
Demo Kit
Positioning
Demo Kit
MLM-DN32S IO 4EA AD Snet FEnet
Positioning
COMMUNICATIONhelliphelliphellip
COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNETFeatureshellip
10100 Base-Tx Fast Ethernet for industrial use (IEEE8023)
Dedicated service for HMI connection (Modbus-TCP protocol)
High speed link communication with high-level PLC(MasterLogic200 MasterLogic200i)
Remote program Remote monitoring with Soft-Master remote service
Network security with Host table(limitation of unwanted connections)
Convenient network system setting and various self-diagnosis monitoring with Soft-Master-NM
Monitoring network information (Auto scan)
Checking module in network (PING)
Providing information of each service
(High speed link P2P dedicated service media condition)
User protocol editing and P2P service (Communication with other brandrsquos equipment)
COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
Performance- Model MLL-EMTA
Communication Spec-10100 Base-TX
Protocol - TCPIP UDPIP
Service -With ML PLCs -High-speed link P2P service
-With Other Devices -P2P service
-Application- Dedicated protocol service SoftMaster
HS Link Sending Receiving - 200 words block(Max 128 blocks)
No of Channel Connectable to Upper Stage- 8 channels
Service- Communication with PC (HMI) and external devices high-speed communication among ML PLCrsquos
Media- UTPSTP Category 5
Current Consumption ( mA )- 410
COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
Features-
Max 2 modules mountable for 1 main unit Total 5 channels of communication in 1 MasterLogic-50 system(including Loader)
Max 32-unit connection through RS-485 communication
Protocol editing and parameter setting using SoftMaster-NM
Configurable communication speed setting (300 ~ 115200 bps)
Long distance communication system using dedicated modem (expansion RS-232C Communication module)
Full duplex Half Duplex communication (expansion RS485 Communication module)
PTP User-defined Communication and Modbus communication master
Modbus RTU ASCII drivers for HMI connection
Various diagnosis function using SoftMaster-NM (IO information CPU Link Service LOG)
COMMUNICATION- Snet
System Configuration-
COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
Modem Connection- Remote communication with external devices via modem connection Available for only RS-232C port
Communication Mode- Dedicated Mode- 11 or 1N communication using ML dedicated protocol
- SoftMaster- Program upload download and remote control
-P2P Mode- Communication by protocol using SoftMaster-NM (Interface with other PLCrsquos) HMI Modbus RTU ASCII master communication
Operation Mode- Server(Slave)- Remote connection simultaneously using Modbus server user-defined
-Master- Modbus RTU ASCII master user defined
COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos built-in RS-485 Max 32-station multi-drop
system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM
Max 32 stations
Master Slave 1 Slave 2 Slave 31
Loader Comm
RS-485
Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos expansion RS-422 module Max 32-station
multi-drop system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM
Master Slave 1 Slave 32
RS-422
RS-485
HCiHCiX
Integrated Programming and Debug Environment- Soft-Master Enhanced programming convenience and various
monitoringdiagnosis
Soft-Master-NM Integrated software for network setting monitoring diagnosis
Multi-PLC Multi-program management
Convenient Variable Editing
Compatibility with Microsoft Excel
Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
bull Address Monitoring bull Custom Event Monitor
bull Special Module Monitoring bull Trend Monitor
User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
With its detachable terminal block and MIL connector Master Logic
50 provides easiness and convenience for wiring and module change
For expansion of PLC system each module can be easily connected
and separated by its direct-insert method
Built-in Function Input Filter- In the application site where noise is easily generated MasterLogic-
50rsquos built-in input filter prevents wrong input caused by noise Input filter have PLC do not process input signal that has shorter time constant than set value in Soft-Master
Standard Filtering Time Setting
Filtering Time Setting for Each Module
time
Filtering time
External input signal
input image data
Programming Software Soft-Master- Programming editing amp engineering software
Windows based easy operation
Multi-PLC Multi-programming supports
Various monitoring and diagnosis functions
Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
Sink amp Source Concept-
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load
They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures
ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo
ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo
Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry
MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation
Data memory
1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit
Word Device Areahellip
Troubleshooting-
1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected
Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble
The causes troubling PLC system are as follows
1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble
2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation
Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting
1) Visual checks
Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents
2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off
3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program
Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip
Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink
input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure
Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value
- PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
- MASTER LOGIC- 50
- FEATURES-
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- FUNCTIONS-
- FUNCTIONShelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
- COMMUNICATION-
- Slide 23
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
- COMMUNICATION- Snet
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
- Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
- Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
- User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
- Built-in Function Input Filter-
- Programming Software Soft-Master-
- Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Word Device Areahellip
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
- Slide 67
- Input Output Specifications-
- Slide 69
- Slide 70
-
GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS- Storage temperature - 25~+75 Altitude - Up to 2000m
Operating Ambience- Free from corrosive gasses and excessive dust
Cooling - Air-cooling
Pollution level - Less than equal to 2
Programming language-
Ladder Diagram
Instruction List
No of instructions- 720
Basic 42
Applied 678
Program capacity -10k steps
Operation mode - RUN STOP DEBUG
Self diagnosis
Operation delay monitoring
Memory error
IO error
Battery error
Power error
Program port
RS-232C (Loader) Remote connection using RS-232C
RS-485
GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
Built-in function -
RS-232C485
High-speed counter
PID control
Pulse catch
Input filter
External interrupt
Internal current consumption - 400mA
Weight- 100g
GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
FUNCTIONS-
FUNCTIONShelliphellip
ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION- ML50 series System Configuration is as follows Expanded special
module is available to connect maximum 7 stages and expanded communication module is available to connect maximum 2 stages
ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
COMMUNICATION- MasterLogic-50 series provides built-in functions and expansion
modules for communication With these functions and modules
MasterLogic-50 can exchange data with various external devices
such as HMI through its communication
Protocol1 Server communication
ML200 server
Modbus ASCIIRTU
2 Client communication
Communication(P2PCommunication)
ML200 dedicated client
User-defined Communication
Modbus client (ASCIIRTU)
3 Remote connection service
4 Loader Communication
Loader
RS-485
RS-232C
RS-422 Ethernet
RS-485
SoftMaster
ML200 Ethern
et
Loader
FEnetPositioning
Demo Kit
Positioning
Demo Kit
MLM-DN32S IO 4EA AD Snet FEnet
Positioning
COMMUNICATIONhelliphelliphellip
COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNETFeatureshellip
10100 Base-Tx Fast Ethernet for industrial use (IEEE8023)
Dedicated service for HMI connection (Modbus-TCP protocol)
High speed link communication with high-level PLC(MasterLogic200 MasterLogic200i)
Remote program Remote monitoring with Soft-Master remote service
Network security with Host table(limitation of unwanted connections)
Convenient network system setting and various self-diagnosis monitoring with Soft-Master-NM
Monitoring network information (Auto scan)
Checking module in network (PING)
Providing information of each service
(High speed link P2P dedicated service media condition)
User protocol editing and P2P service (Communication with other brandrsquos equipment)
COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
Performance- Model MLL-EMTA
Communication Spec-10100 Base-TX
Protocol - TCPIP UDPIP
Service -With ML PLCs -High-speed link P2P service
-With Other Devices -P2P service
-Application- Dedicated protocol service SoftMaster
HS Link Sending Receiving - 200 words block(Max 128 blocks)
No of Channel Connectable to Upper Stage- 8 channels
Service- Communication with PC (HMI) and external devices high-speed communication among ML PLCrsquos
Media- UTPSTP Category 5
Current Consumption ( mA )- 410
COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
Features-
Max 2 modules mountable for 1 main unit Total 5 channels of communication in 1 MasterLogic-50 system(including Loader)
Max 32-unit connection through RS-485 communication
Protocol editing and parameter setting using SoftMaster-NM
Configurable communication speed setting (300 ~ 115200 bps)
Long distance communication system using dedicated modem (expansion RS-232C Communication module)
Full duplex Half Duplex communication (expansion RS485 Communication module)
PTP User-defined Communication and Modbus communication master
Modbus RTU ASCII drivers for HMI connection
Various diagnosis function using SoftMaster-NM (IO information CPU Link Service LOG)
COMMUNICATION- Snet
System Configuration-
COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
Modem Connection- Remote communication with external devices via modem connection Available for only RS-232C port
Communication Mode- Dedicated Mode- 11 or 1N communication using ML dedicated protocol
- SoftMaster- Program upload download and remote control
-P2P Mode- Communication by protocol using SoftMaster-NM (Interface with other PLCrsquos) HMI Modbus RTU ASCII master communication
Operation Mode- Server(Slave)- Remote connection simultaneously using Modbus server user-defined
-Master- Modbus RTU ASCII master user defined
COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos built-in RS-485 Max 32-station multi-drop
system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM
Max 32 stations
Master Slave 1 Slave 2 Slave 31
Loader Comm
RS-485
Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos expansion RS-422 module Max 32-station
multi-drop system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM
Master Slave 1 Slave 32
RS-422
RS-485
HCiHCiX
Integrated Programming and Debug Environment- Soft-Master Enhanced programming convenience and various
monitoringdiagnosis
Soft-Master-NM Integrated software for network setting monitoring diagnosis
Multi-PLC Multi-program management
Convenient Variable Editing
Compatibility with Microsoft Excel
Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
bull Address Monitoring bull Custom Event Monitor
bull Special Module Monitoring bull Trend Monitor
User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
With its detachable terminal block and MIL connector Master Logic
50 provides easiness and convenience for wiring and module change
For expansion of PLC system each module can be easily connected
and separated by its direct-insert method
Built-in Function Input Filter- In the application site where noise is easily generated MasterLogic-
50rsquos built-in input filter prevents wrong input caused by noise Input filter have PLC do not process input signal that has shorter time constant than set value in Soft-Master
Standard Filtering Time Setting
Filtering Time Setting for Each Module
time
Filtering time
External input signal
input image data
Programming Software Soft-Master- Programming editing amp engineering software
Windows based easy operation
Multi-PLC Multi-programming supports
Various monitoring and diagnosis functions
Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
Sink amp Source Concept-
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load
They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures
ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo
ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo
Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry
MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation
Data memory
1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit
Word Device Areahellip
Troubleshooting-
1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected
Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble
The causes troubling PLC system are as follows
1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble
2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation
Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting
1) Visual checks
Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents
2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off
3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program
Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip
Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink
input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure
Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value
- PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
- MASTER LOGIC- 50
- FEATURES-
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- FUNCTIONS-
- FUNCTIONShelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
- COMMUNICATION-
- Slide 23
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
- COMMUNICATION- Snet
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
- Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
- Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
- User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
- Built-in Function Input Filter-
- Programming Software Soft-Master-
- Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Word Device Areahellip
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
- Slide 67
- Input Output Specifications-
- Slide 69
- Slide 70
-
Program capacity -10k steps
Operation mode - RUN STOP DEBUG
Self diagnosis
Operation delay monitoring
Memory error
IO error
Battery error
Power error
Program port
RS-232C (Loader) Remote connection using RS-232C
RS-485
GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
Built-in function -
RS-232C485
High-speed counter
PID control
Pulse catch
Input filter
External interrupt
Internal current consumption - 400mA
Weight- 100g
GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
FUNCTIONS-
FUNCTIONShelliphellip
ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION- ML50 series System Configuration is as follows Expanded special
module is available to connect maximum 7 stages and expanded communication module is available to connect maximum 2 stages
ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
COMMUNICATION- MasterLogic-50 series provides built-in functions and expansion
modules for communication With these functions and modules
MasterLogic-50 can exchange data with various external devices
such as HMI through its communication
Protocol1 Server communication
ML200 server
Modbus ASCIIRTU
2 Client communication
Communication(P2PCommunication)
ML200 dedicated client
User-defined Communication
Modbus client (ASCIIRTU)
3 Remote connection service
4 Loader Communication
Loader
RS-485
RS-232C
RS-422 Ethernet
RS-485
SoftMaster
ML200 Ethern
et
Loader
FEnetPositioning
Demo Kit
Positioning
Demo Kit
MLM-DN32S IO 4EA AD Snet FEnet
Positioning
COMMUNICATIONhelliphelliphellip
COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNETFeatureshellip
10100 Base-Tx Fast Ethernet for industrial use (IEEE8023)
Dedicated service for HMI connection (Modbus-TCP protocol)
High speed link communication with high-level PLC(MasterLogic200 MasterLogic200i)
Remote program Remote monitoring with Soft-Master remote service
Network security with Host table(limitation of unwanted connections)
Convenient network system setting and various self-diagnosis monitoring with Soft-Master-NM
Monitoring network information (Auto scan)
Checking module in network (PING)
Providing information of each service
(High speed link P2P dedicated service media condition)
User protocol editing and P2P service (Communication with other brandrsquos equipment)
COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
Performance- Model MLL-EMTA
Communication Spec-10100 Base-TX
Protocol - TCPIP UDPIP
Service -With ML PLCs -High-speed link P2P service
-With Other Devices -P2P service
-Application- Dedicated protocol service SoftMaster
HS Link Sending Receiving - 200 words block(Max 128 blocks)
No of Channel Connectable to Upper Stage- 8 channels
Service- Communication with PC (HMI) and external devices high-speed communication among ML PLCrsquos
Media- UTPSTP Category 5
Current Consumption ( mA )- 410
COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
Features-
Max 2 modules mountable for 1 main unit Total 5 channels of communication in 1 MasterLogic-50 system(including Loader)
Max 32-unit connection through RS-485 communication
Protocol editing and parameter setting using SoftMaster-NM
Configurable communication speed setting (300 ~ 115200 bps)
Long distance communication system using dedicated modem (expansion RS-232C Communication module)
Full duplex Half Duplex communication (expansion RS485 Communication module)
PTP User-defined Communication and Modbus communication master
Modbus RTU ASCII drivers for HMI connection
Various diagnosis function using SoftMaster-NM (IO information CPU Link Service LOG)
COMMUNICATION- Snet
System Configuration-
COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
Modem Connection- Remote communication with external devices via modem connection Available for only RS-232C port
Communication Mode- Dedicated Mode- 11 or 1N communication using ML dedicated protocol
- SoftMaster- Program upload download and remote control
-P2P Mode- Communication by protocol using SoftMaster-NM (Interface with other PLCrsquos) HMI Modbus RTU ASCII master communication
Operation Mode- Server(Slave)- Remote connection simultaneously using Modbus server user-defined
-Master- Modbus RTU ASCII master user defined
COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos built-in RS-485 Max 32-station multi-drop
system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM
Max 32 stations
Master Slave 1 Slave 2 Slave 31
Loader Comm
RS-485
Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos expansion RS-422 module Max 32-station
multi-drop system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM
Master Slave 1 Slave 32
RS-422
RS-485
HCiHCiX
Integrated Programming and Debug Environment- Soft-Master Enhanced programming convenience and various
monitoringdiagnosis
Soft-Master-NM Integrated software for network setting monitoring diagnosis
Multi-PLC Multi-program management
Convenient Variable Editing
Compatibility with Microsoft Excel
Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
bull Address Monitoring bull Custom Event Monitor
bull Special Module Monitoring bull Trend Monitor
User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
With its detachable terminal block and MIL connector Master Logic
50 provides easiness and convenience for wiring and module change
For expansion of PLC system each module can be easily connected
and separated by its direct-insert method
Built-in Function Input Filter- In the application site where noise is easily generated MasterLogic-
50rsquos built-in input filter prevents wrong input caused by noise Input filter have PLC do not process input signal that has shorter time constant than set value in Soft-Master
Standard Filtering Time Setting
Filtering Time Setting for Each Module
time
Filtering time
External input signal
input image data
Programming Software Soft-Master- Programming editing amp engineering software
Windows based easy operation
Multi-PLC Multi-programming supports
Various monitoring and diagnosis functions
Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
Sink amp Source Concept-
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load
They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures
ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo
ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo
Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry
MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation
Data memory
1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit
Word Device Areahellip
Troubleshooting-
1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected
Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble
The causes troubling PLC system are as follows
1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble
2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation
Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting
1) Visual checks
Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents
2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off
3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program
Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip
Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink
input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure
Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value
- PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
- MASTER LOGIC- 50
- FEATURES-
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- FUNCTIONS-
- FUNCTIONShelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
- COMMUNICATION-
- Slide 23
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
- COMMUNICATION- Snet
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
- Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
- Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
- User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
- Built-in Function Input Filter-
- Programming Software Soft-Master-
- Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Word Device Areahellip
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
- Slide 67
- Input Output Specifications-
- Slide 69
- Slide 70
-
Built-in function -
RS-232C485
High-speed counter
PID control
Pulse catch
Input filter
External interrupt
Internal current consumption - 400mA
Weight- 100g
GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
FUNCTIONS-
FUNCTIONShelliphellip
ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION- ML50 series System Configuration is as follows Expanded special
module is available to connect maximum 7 stages and expanded communication module is available to connect maximum 2 stages
ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
COMMUNICATION- MasterLogic-50 series provides built-in functions and expansion
modules for communication With these functions and modules
MasterLogic-50 can exchange data with various external devices
such as HMI through its communication
Protocol1 Server communication
ML200 server
Modbus ASCIIRTU
2 Client communication
Communication(P2PCommunication)
ML200 dedicated client
User-defined Communication
Modbus client (ASCIIRTU)
3 Remote connection service
4 Loader Communication
Loader
RS-485
RS-232C
RS-422 Ethernet
RS-485
SoftMaster
ML200 Ethern
et
Loader
FEnetPositioning
Demo Kit
Positioning
Demo Kit
MLM-DN32S IO 4EA AD Snet FEnet
Positioning
COMMUNICATIONhelliphelliphellip
COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNETFeatureshellip
10100 Base-Tx Fast Ethernet for industrial use (IEEE8023)
Dedicated service for HMI connection (Modbus-TCP protocol)
High speed link communication with high-level PLC(MasterLogic200 MasterLogic200i)
Remote program Remote monitoring with Soft-Master remote service
Network security with Host table(limitation of unwanted connections)
Convenient network system setting and various self-diagnosis monitoring with Soft-Master-NM
Monitoring network information (Auto scan)
Checking module in network (PING)
Providing information of each service
(High speed link P2P dedicated service media condition)
User protocol editing and P2P service (Communication with other brandrsquos equipment)
COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
Performance- Model MLL-EMTA
Communication Spec-10100 Base-TX
Protocol - TCPIP UDPIP
Service -With ML PLCs -High-speed link P2P service
-With Other Devices -P2P service
-Application- Dedicated protocol service SoftMaster
HS Link Sending Receiving - 200 words block(Max 128 blocks)
No of Channel Connectable to Upper Stage- 8 channels
Service- Communication with PC (HMI) and external devices high-speed communication among ML PLCrsquos
Media- UTPSTP Category 5
Current Consumption ( mA )- 410
COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
Features-
Max 2 modules mountable for 1 main unit Total 5 channels of communication in 1 MasterLogic-50 system(including Loader)
Max 32-unit connection through RS-485 communication
Protocol editing and parameter setting using SoftMaster-NM
Configurable communication speed setting (300 ~ 115200 bps)
Long distance communication system using dedicated modem (expansion RS-232C Communication module)
Full duplex Half Duplex communication (expansion RS485 Communication module)
PTP User-defined Communication and Modbus communication master
Modbus RTU ASCII drivers for HMI connection
Various diagnosis function using SoftMaster-NM (IO information CPU Link Service LOG)
COMMUNICATION- Snet
System Configuration-
COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
Modem Connection- Remote communication with external devices via modem connection Available for only RS-232C port
Communication Mode- Dedicated Mode- 11 or 1N communication using ML dedicated protocol
- SoftMaster- Program upload download and remote control
-P2P Mode- Communication by protocol using SoftMaster-NM (Interface with other PLCrsquos) HMI Modbus RTU ASCII master communication
Operation Mode- Server(Slave)- Remote connection simultaneously using Modbus server user-defined
-Master- Modbus RTU ASCII master user defined
COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos built-in RS-485 Max 32-station multi-drop
system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM
Max 32 stations
Master Slave 1 Slave 2 Slave 31
Loader Comm
RS-485
Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos expansion RS-422 module Max 32-station
multi-drop system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM
Master Slave 1 Slave 32
RS-422
RS-485
HCiHCiX
Integrated Programming and Debug Environment- Soft-Master Enhanced programming convenience and various
monitoringdiagnosis
Soft-Master-NM Integrated software for network setting monitoring diagnosis
Multi-PLC Multi-program management
Convenient Variable Editing
Compatibility with Microsoft Excel
Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
bull Address Monitoring bull Custom Event Monitor
bull Special Module Monitoring bull Trend Monitor
User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
With its detachable terminal block and MIL connector Master Logic
50 provides easiness and convenience for wiring and module change
For expansion of PLC system each module can be easily connected
and separated by its direct-insert method
Built-in Function Input Filter- In the application site where noise is easily generated MasterLogic-
50rsquos built-in input filter prevents wrong input caused by noise Input filter have PLC do not process input signal that has shorter time constant than set value in Soft-Master
Standard Filtering Time Setting
Filtering Time Setting for Each Module
time
Filtering time
External input signal
input image data
Programming Software Soft-Master- Programming editing amp engineering software
Windows based easy operation
Multi-PLC Multi-programming supports
Various monitoring and diagnosis functions
Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
Sink amp Source Concept-
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load
They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures
ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo
ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo
Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry
MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation
Data memory
1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit
Word Device Areahellip
Troubleshooting-
1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected
Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble
The causes troubling PLC system are as follows
1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble
2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation
Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting
1) Visual checks
Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents
2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off
3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program
Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip
Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink
input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure
Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value
- PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
- MASTER LOGIC- 50
- FEATURES-
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- FUNCTIONS-
- FUNCTIONShelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
- COMMUNICATION-
- Slide 23
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
- COMMUNICATION- Snet
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
- Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
- Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
- User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
- Built-in Function Input Filter-
- Programming Software Soft-Master-
- Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Word Device Areahellip
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
- Slide 67
- Input Output Specifications-
- Slide 69
- Slide 70
-
FUNCTIONS-
FUNCTIONShelliphellip
ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION- ML50 series System Configuration is as follows Expanded special
module is available to connect maximum 7 stages and expanded communication module is available to connect maximum 2 stages
ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
COMMUNICATION- MasterLogic-50 series provides built-in functions and expansion
modules for communication With these functions and modules
MasterLogic-50 can exchange data with various external devices
such as HMI through its communication
Protocol1 Server communication
ML200 server
Modbus ASCIIRTU
2 Client communication
Communication(P2PCommunication)
ML200 dedicated client
User-defined Communication
Modbus client (ASCIIRTU)
3 Remote connection service
4 Loader Communication
Loader
RS-485
RS-232C
RS-422 Ethernet
RS-485
SoftMaster
ML200 Ethern
et
Loader
FEnetPositioning
Demo Kit
Positioning
Demo Kit
MLM-DN32S IO 4EA AD Snet FEnet
Positioning
COMMUNICATIONhelliphelliphellip
COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNETFeatureshellip
10100 Base-Tx Fast Ethernet for industrial use (IEEE8023)
Dedicated service for HMI connection (Modbus-TCP protocol)
High speed link communication with high-level PLC(MasterLogic200 MasterLogic200i)
Remote program Remote monitoring with Soft-Master remote service
Network security with Host table(limitation of unwanted connections)
Convenient network system setting and various self-diagnosis monitoring with Soft-Master-NM
Monitoring network information (Auto scan)
Checking module in network (PING)
Providing information of each service
(High speed link P2P dedicated service media condition)
User protocol editing and P2P service (Communication with other brandrsquos equipment)
COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
Performance- Model MLL-EMTA
Communication Spec-10100 Base-TX
Protocol - TCPIP UDPIP
Service -With ML PLCs -High-speed link P2P service
-With Other Devices -P2P service
-Application- Dedicated protocol service SoftMaster
HS Link Sending Receiving - 200 words block(Max 128 blocks)
No of Channel Connectable to Upper Stage- 8 channels
Service- Communication with PC (HMI) and external devices high-speed communication among ML PLCrsquos
Media- UTPSTP Category 5
Current Consumption ( mA )- 410
COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
Features-
Max 2 modules mountable for 1 main unit Total 5 channels of communication in 1 MasterLogic-50 system(including Loader)
Max 32-unit connection through RS-485 communication
Protocol editing and parameter setting using SoftMaster-NM
Configurable communication speed setting (300 ~ 115200 bps)
Long distance communication system using dedicated modem (expansion RS-232C Communication module)
Full duplex Half Duplex communication (expansion RS485 Communication module)
PTP User-defined Communication and Modbus communication master
Modbus RTU ASCII drivers for HMI connection
Various diagnosis function using SoftMaster-NM (IO information CPU Link Service LOG)
COMMUNICATION- Snet
System Configuration-
COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
Modem Connection- Remote communication with external devices via modem connection Available for only RS-232C port
Communication Mode- Dedicated Mode- 11 or 1N communication using ML dedicated protocol
- SoftMaster- Program upload download and remote control
-P2P Mode- Communication by protocol using SoftMaster-NM (Interface with other PLCrsquos) HMI Modbus RTU ASCII master communication
Operation Mode- Server(Slave)- Remote connection simultaneously using Modbus server user-defined
-Master- Modbus RTU ASCII master user defined
COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos built-in RS-485 Max 32-station multi-drop
system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM
Max 32 stations
Master Slave 1 Slave 2 Slave 31
Loader Comm
RS-485
Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos expansion RS-422 module Max 32-station
multi-drop system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM
Master Slave 1 Slave 32
RS-422
RS-485
HCiHCiX
Integrated Programming and Debug Environment- Soft-Master Enhanced programming convenience and various
monitoringdiagnosis
Soft-Master-NM Integrated software for network setting monitoring diagnosis
Multi-PLC Multi-program management
Convenient Variable Editing
Compatibility with Microsoft Excel
Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
bull Address Monitoring bull Custom Event Monitor
bull Special Module Monitoring bull Trend Monitor
User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
With its detachable terminal block and MIL connector Master Logic
50 provides easiness and convenience for wiring and module change
For expansion of PLC system each module can be easily connected
and separated by its direct-insert method
Built-in Function Input Filter- In the application site where noise is easily generated MasterLogic-
50rsquos built-in input filter prevents wrong input caused by noise Input filter have PLC do not process input signal that has shorter time constant than set value in Soft-Master
Standard Filtering Time Setting
Filtering Time Setting for Each Module
time
Filtering time
External input signal
input image data
Programming Software Soft-Master- Programming editing amp engineering software
Windows based easy operation
Multi-PLC Multi-programming supports
Various monitoring and diagnosis functions
Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
Sink amp Source Concept-
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load
They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures
ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo
ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo
Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry
MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation
Data memory
1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit
Word Device Areahellip
Troubleshooting-
1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected
Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble
The causes troubling PLC system are as follows
1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble
2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation
Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting
1) Visual checks
Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents
2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off
3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program
Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip
Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink
input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure
Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value
- PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
- MASTER LOGIC- 50
- FEATURES-
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- FUNCTIONS-
- FUNCTIONShelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
- COMMUNICATION-
- Slide 23
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
- COMMUNICATION- Snet
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
- Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
- Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
- User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
- Built-in Function Input Filter-
- Programming Software Soft-Master-
- Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Word Device Areahellip
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
- Slide 67
- Input Output Specifications-
- Slide 69
- Slide 70
-
FUNCTIONShelliphellip
ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION- ML50 series System Configuration is as follows Expanded special
module is available to connect maximum 7 stages and expanded communication module is available to connect maximum 2 stages
ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
COMMUNICATION- MasterLogic-50 series provides built-in functions and expansion
modules for communication With these functions and modules
MasterLogic-50 can exchange data with various external devices
such as HMI through its communication
Protocol1 Server communication
ML200 server
Modbus ASCIIRTU
2 Client communication
Communication(P2PCommunication)
ML200 dedicated client
User-defined Communication
Modbus client (ASCIIRTU)
3 Remote connection service
4 Loader Communication
Loader
RS-485
RS-232C
RS-422 Ethernet
RS-485
SoftMaster
ML200 Ethern
et
Loader
FEnetPositioning
Demo Kit
Positioning
Demo Kit
MLM-DN32S IO 4EA AD Snet FEnet
Positioning
COMMUNICATIONhelliphelliphellip
COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNETFeatureshellip
10100 Base-Tx Fast Ethernet for industrial use (IEEE8023)
Dedicated service for HMI connection (Modbus-TCP protocol)
High speed link communication with high-level PLC(MasterLogic200 MasterLogic200i)
Remote program Remote monitoring with Soft-Master remote service
Network security with Host table(limitation of unwanted connections)
Convenient network system setting and various self-diagnosis monitoring with Soft-Master-NM
Monitoring network information (Auto scan)
Checking module in network (PING)
Providing information of each service
(High speed link P2P dedicated service media condition)
User protocol editing and P2P service (Communication with other brandrsquos equipment)
COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
Performance- Model MLL-EMTA
Communication Spec-10100 Base-TX
Protocol - TCPIP UDPIP
Service -With ML PLCs -High-speed link P2P service
-With Other Devices -P2P service
-Application- Dedicated protocol service SoftMaster
HS Link Sending Receiving - 200 words block(Max 128 blocks)
No of Channel Connectable to Upper Stage- 8 channels
Service- Communication with PC (HMI) and external devices high-speed communication among ML PLCrsquos
Media- UTPSTP Category 5
Current Consumption ( mA )- 410
COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
Features-
Max 2 modules mountable for 1 main unit Total 5 channels of communication in 1 MasterLogic-50 system(including Loader)
Max 32-unit connection through RS-485 communication
Protocol editing and parameter setting using SoftMaster-NM
Configurable communication speed setting (300 ~ 115200 bps)
Long distance communication system using dedicated modem (expansion RS-232C Communication module)
Full duplex Half Duplex communication (expansion RS485 Communication module)
PTP User-defined Communication and Modbus communication master
Modbus RTU ASCII drivers for HMI connection
Various diagnosis function using SoftMaster-NM (IO information CPU Link Service LOG)
COMMUNICATION- Snet
System Configuration-
COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
Modem Connection- Remote communication with external devices via modem connection Available for only RS-232C port
Communication Mode- Dedicated Mode- 11 or 1N communication using ML dedicated protocol
- SoftMaster- Program upload download and remote control
-P2P Mode- Communication by protocol using SoftMaster-NM (Interface with other PLCrsquos) HMI Modbus RTU ASCII master communication
Operation Mode- Server(Slave)- Remote connection simultaneously using Modbus server user-defined
-Master- Modbus RTU ASCII master user defined
COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos built-in RS-485 Max 32-station multi-drop
system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM
Max 32 stations
Master Slave 1 Slave 2 Slave 31
Loader Comm
RS-485
Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos expansion RS-422 module Max 32-station
multi-drop system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM
Master Slave 1 Slave 32
RS-422
RS-485
HCiHCiX
Integrated Programming and Debug Environment- Soft-Master Enhanced programming convenience and various
monitoringdiagnosis
Soft-Master-NM Integrated software for network setting monitoring diagnosis
Multi-PLC Multi-program management
Convenient Variable Editing
Compatibility with Microsoft Excel
Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
bull Address Monitoring bull Custom Event Monitor
bull Special Module Monitoring bull Trend Monitor
User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
With its detachable terminal block and MIL connector Master Logic
50 provides easiness and convenience for wiring and module change
For expansion of PLC system each module can be easily connected
and separated by its direct-insert method
Built-in Function Input Filter- In the application site where noise is easily generated MasterLogic-
50rsquos built-in input filter prevents wrong input caused by noise Input filter have PLC do not process input signal that has shorter time constant than set value in Soft-Master
Standard Filtering Time Setting
Filtering Time Setting for Each Module
time
Filtering time
External input signal
input image data
Programming Software Soft-Master- Programming editing amp engineering software
Windows based easy operation
Multi-PLC Multi-programming supports
Various monitoring and diagnosis functions
Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
Sink amp Source Concept-
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load
They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures
ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo
ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo
Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry
MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation
Data memory
1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit
Word Device Areahellip
Troubleshooting-
1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected
Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble
The causes troubling PLC system are as follows
1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble
2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation
Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting
1) Visual checks
Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents
2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off
3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program
Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip
Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink
input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure
Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value
- PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
- MASTER LOGIC- 50
- FEATURES-
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- FUNCTIONS-
- FUNCTIONShelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
- COMMUNICATION-
- Slide 23
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
- COMMUNICATION- Snet
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
- Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
- Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
- User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
- Built-in Function Input Filter-
- Programming Software Soft-Master-
- Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Word Device Areahellip
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
- Slide 67
- Input Output Specifications-
- Slide 69
- Slide 70
-
ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION- ML50 series System Configuration is as follows Expanded special
module is available to connect maximum 7 stages and expanded communication module is available to connect maximum 2 stages
ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
COMMUNICATION- MasterLogic-50 series provides built-in functions and expansion
modules for communication With these functions and modules
MasterLogic-50 can exchange data with various external devices
such as HMI through its communication
Protocol1 Server communication
ML200 server
Modbus ASCIIRTU
2 Client communication
Communication(P2PCommunication)
ML200 dedicated client
User-defined Communication
Modbus client (ASCIIRTU)
3 Remote connection service
4 Loader Communication
Loader
RS-485
RS-232C
RS-422 Ethernet
RS-485
SoftMaster
ML200 Ethern
et
Loader
FEnetPositioning
Demo Kit
Positioning
Demo Kit
MLM-DN32S IO 4EA AD Snet FEnet
Positioning
COMMUNICATIONhelliphelliphellip
COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNETFeatureshellip
10100 Base-Tx Fast Ethernet for industrial use (IEEE8023)
Dedicated service for HMI connection (Modbus-TCP protocol)
High speed link communication with high-level PLC(MasterLogic200 MasterLogic200i)
Remote program Remote monitoring with Soft-Master remote service
Network security with Host table(limitation of unwanted connections)
Convenient network system setting and various self-diagnosis monitoring with Soft-Master-NM
Monitoring network information (Auto scan)
Checking module in network (PING)
Providing information of each service
(High speed link P2P dedicated service media condition)
User protocol editing and P2P service (Communication with other brandrsquos equipment)
COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
Performance- Model MLL-EMTA
Communication Spec-10100 Base-TX
Protocol - TCPIP UDPIP
Service -With ML PLCs -High-speed link P2P service
-With Other Devices -P2P service
-Application- Dedicated protocol service SoftMaster
HS Link Sending Receiving - 200 words block(Max 128 blocks)
No of Channel Connectable to Upper Stage- 8 channels
Service- Communication with PC (HMI) and external devices high-speed communication among ML PLCrsquos
Media- UTPSTP Category 5
Current Consumption ( mA )- 410
COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
Features-
Max 2 modules mountable for 1 main unit Total 5 channels of communication in 1 MasterLogic-50 system(including Loader)
Max 32-unit connection through RS-485 communication
Protocol editing and parameter setting using SoftMaster-NM
Configurable communication speed setting (300 ~ 115200 bps)
Long distance communication system using dedicated modem (expansion RS-232C Communication module)
Full duplex Half Duplex communication (expansion RS485 Communication module)
PTP User-defined Communication and Modbus communication master
Modbus RTU ASCII drivers for HMI connection
Various diagnosis function using SoftMaster-NM (IO information CPU Link Service LOG)
COMMUNICATION- Snet
System Configuration-
COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
Modem Connection- Remote communication with external devices via modem connection Available for only RS-232C port
Communication Mode- Dedicated Mode- 11 or 1N communication using ML dedicated protocol
- SoftMaster- Program upload download and remote control
-P2P Mode- Communication by protocol using SoftMaster-NM (Interface with other PLCrsquos) HMI Modbus RTU ASCII master communication
Operation Mode- Server(Slave)- Remote connection simultaneously using Modbus server user-defined
-Master- Modbus RTU ASCII master user defined
COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos built-in RS-485 Max 32-station multi-drop
system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM
Max 32 stations
Master Slave 1 Slave 2 Slave 31
Loader Comm
RS-485
Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos expansion RS-422 module Max 32-station
multi-drop system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM
Master Slave 1 Slave 32
RS-422
RS-485
HCiHCiX
Integrated Programming and Debug Environment- Soft-Master Enhanced programming convenience and various
monitoringdiagnosis
Soft-Master-NM Integrated software for network setting monitoring diagnosis
Multi-PLC Multi-program management
Convenient Variable Editing
Compatibility with Microsoft Excel
Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
bull Address Monitoring bull Custom Event Monitor
bull Special Module Monitoring bull Trend Monitor
User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
With its detachable terminal block and MIL connector Master Logic
50 provides easiness and convenience for wiring and module change
For expansion of PLC system each module can be easily connected
and separated by its direct-insert method
Built-in Function Input Filter- In the application site where noise is easily generated MasterLogic-
50rsquos built-in input filter prevents wrong input caused by noise Input filter have PLC do not process input signal that has shorter time constant than set value in Soft-Master
Standard Filtering Time Setting
Filtering Time Setting for Each Module
time
Filtering time
External input signal
input image data
Programming Software Soft-Master- Programming editing amp engineering software
Windows based easy operation
Multi-PLC Multi-programming supports
Various monitoring and diagnosis functions
Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
Sink amp Source Concept-
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load
They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures
ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo
ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo
Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry
MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation
Data memory
1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit
Word Device Areahellip
Troubleshooting-
1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected
Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble
The causes troubling PLC system are as follows
1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble
2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation
Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting
1) Visual checks
Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents
2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off
3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program
Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip
Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink
input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure
Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value
- PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
- MASTER LOGIC- 50
- FEATURES-
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- FUNCTIONS-
- FUNCTIONShelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
- COMMUNICATION-
- Slide 23
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
- COMMUNICATION- Snet
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
- Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
- Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
- User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
- Built-in Function Input Filter-
- Programming Software Soft-Master-
- Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Word Device Areahellip
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
- Slide 67
- Input Output Specifications-
- Slide 69
- Slide 70
-
ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
COMMUNICATION- MasterLogic-50 series provides built-in functions and expansion
modules for communication With these functions and modules
MasterLogic-50 can exchange data with various external devices
such as HMI through its communication
Protocol1 Server communication
ML200 server
Modbus ASCIIRTU
2 Client communication
Communication(P2PCommunication)
ML200 dedicated client
User-defined Communication
Modbus client (ASCIIRTU)
3 Remote connection service
4 Loader Communication
Loader
RS-485
RS-232C
RS-422 Ethernet
RS-485
SoftMaster
ML200 Ethern
et
Loader
FEnetPositioning
Demo Kit
Positioning
Demo Kit
MLM-DN32S IO 4EA AD Snet FEnet
Positioning
COMMUNICATIONhelliphelliphellip
COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNETFeatureshellip
10100 Base-Tx Fast Ethernet for industrial use (IEEE8023)
Dedicated service for HMI connection (Modbus-TCP protocol)
High speed link communication with high-level PLC(MasterLogic200 MasterLogic200i)
Remote program Remote monitoring with Soft-Master remote service
Network security with Host table(limitation of unwanted connections)
Convenient network system setting and various self-diagnosis monitoring with Soft-Master-NM
Monitoring network information (Auto scan)
Checking module in network (PING)
Providing information of each service
(High speed link P2P dedicated service media condition)
User protocol editing and P2P service (Communication with other brandrsquos equipment)
COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
Performance- Model MLL-EMTA
Communication Spec-10100 Base-TX
Protocol - TCPIP UDPIP
Service -With ML PLCs -High-speed link P2P service
-With Other Devices -P2P service
-Application- Dedicated protocol service SoftMaster
HS Link Sending Receiving - 200 words block(Max 128 blocks)
No of Channel Connectable to Upper Stage- 8 channels
Service- Communication with PC (HMI) and external devices high-speed communication among ML PLCrsquos
Media- UTPSTP Category 5
Current Consumption ( mA )- 410
COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
Features-
Max 2 modules mountable for 1 main unit Total 5 channels of communication in 1 MasterLogic-50 system(including Loader)
Max 32-unit connection through RS-485 communication
Protocol editing and parameter setting using SoftMaster-NM
Configurable communication speed setting (300 ~ 115200 bps)
Long distance communication system using dedicated modem (expansion RS-232C Communication module)
Full duplex Half Duplex communication (expansion RS485 Communication module)
PTP User-defined Communication and Modbus communication master
Modbus RTU ASCII drivers for HMI connection
Various diagnosis function using SoftMaster-NM (IO information CPU Link Service LOG)
COMMUNICATION- Snet
System Configuration-
COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
Modem Connection- Remote communication with external devices via modem connection Available for only RS-232C port
Communication Mode- Dedicated Mode- 11 or 1N communication using ML dedicated protocol
- SoftMaster- Program upload download and remote control
-P2P Mode- Communication by protocol using SoftMaster-NM (Interface with other PLCrsquos) HMI Modbus RTU ASCII master communication
Operation Mode- Server(Slave)- Remote connection simultaneously using Modbus server user-defined
-Master- Modbus RTU ASCII master user defined
COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos built-in RS-485 Max 32-station multi-drop
system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM
Max 32 stations
Master Slave 1 Slave 2 Slave 31
Loader Comm
RS-485
Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos expansion RS-422 module Max 32-station
multi-drop system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM
Master Slave 1 Slave 32
RS-422
RS-485
HCiHCiX
Integrated Programming and Debug Environment- Soft-Master Enhanced programming convenience and various
monitoringdiagnosis
Soft-Master-NM Integrated software for network setting monitoring diagnosis
Multi-PLC Multi-program management
Convenient Variable Editing
Compatibility with Microsoft Excel
Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
bull Address Monitoring bull Custom Event Monitor
bull Special Module Monitoring bull Trend Monitor
User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
With its detachable terminal block and MIL connector Master Logic
50 provides easiness and convenience for wiring and module change
For expansion of PLC system each module can be easily connected
and separated by its direct-insert method
Built-in Function Input Filter- In the application site where noise is easily generated MasterLogic-
50rsquos built-in input filter prevents wrong input caused by noise Input filter have PLC do not process input signal that has shorter time constant than set value in Soft-Master
Standard Filtering Time Setting
Filtering Time Setting for Each Module
time
Filtering time
External input signal
input image data
Programming Software Soft-Master- Programming editing amp engineering software
Windows based easy operation
Multi-PLC Multi-programming supports
Various monitoring and diagnosis functions
Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
Sink amp Source Concept-
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load
They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures
ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo
ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo
Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry
MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation
Data memory
1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit
Word Device Areahellip
Troubleshooting-
1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected
Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble
The causes troubling PLC system are as follows
1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble
2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation
Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting
1) Visual checks
Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents
2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off
3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program
Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip
Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink
input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure
Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value
- PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
- MASTER LOGIC- 50
- FEATURES-
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- FUNCTIONS-
- FUNCTIONShelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
- COMMUNICATION-
- Slide 23
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
- COMMUNICATION- Snet
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
- Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
- Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
- User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
- Built-in Function Input Filter-
- Programming Software Soft-Master-
- Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Word Device Areahellip
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
- Slide 67
- Input Output Specifications-
- Slide 69
- Slide 70
-
ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
COMMUNICATION- MasterLogic-50 series provides built-in functions and expansion
modules for communication With these functions and modules
MasterLogic-50 can exchange data with various external devices
such as HMI through its communication
Protocol1 Server communication
ML200 server
Modbus ASCIIRTU
2 Client communication
Communication(P2PCommunication)
ML200 dedicated client
User-defined Communication
Modbus client (ASCIIRTU)
3 Remote connection service
4 Loader Communication
Loader
RS-485
RS-232C
RS-422 Ethernet
RS-485
SoftMaster
ML200 Ethern
et
Loader
FEnetPositioning
Demo Kit
Positioning
Demo Kit
MLM-DN32S IO 4EA AD Snet FEnet
Positioning
COMMUNICATIONhelliphelliphellip
COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNETFeatureshellip
10100 Base-Tx Fast Ethernet for industrial use (IEEE8023)
Dedicated service for HMI connection (Modbus-TCP protocol)
High speed link communication with high-level PLC(MasterLogic200 MasterLogic200i)
Remote program Remote monitoring with Soft-Master remote service
Network security with Host table(limitation of unwanted connections)
Convenient network system setting and various self-diagnosis monitoring with Soft-Master-NM
Monitoring network information (Auto scan)
Checking module in network (PING)
Providing information of each service
(High speed link P2P dedicated service media condition)
User protocol editing and P2P service (Communication with other brandrsquos equipment)
COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
Performance- Model MLL-EMTA
Communication Spec-10100 Base-TX
Protocol - TCPIP UDPIP
Service -With ML PLCs -High-speed link P2P service
-With Other Devices -P2P service
-Application- Dedicated protocol service SoftMaster
HS Link Sending Receiving - 200 words block(Max 128 blocks)
No of Channel Connectable to Upper Stage- 8 channels
Service- Communication with PC (HMI) and external devices high-speed communication among ML PLCrsquos
Media- UTPSTP Category 5
Current Consumption ( mA )- 410
COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
Features-
Max 2 modules mountable for 1 main unit Total 5 channels of communication in 1 MasterLogic-50 system(including Loader)
Max 32-unit connection through RS-485 communication
Protocol editing and parameter setting using SoftMaster-NM
Configurable communication speed setting (300 ~ 115200 bps)
Long distance communication system using dedicated modem (expansion RS-232C Communication module)
Full duplex Half Duplex communication (expansion RS485 Communication module)
PTP User-defined Communication and Modbus communication master
Modbus RTU ASCII drivers for HMI connection
Various diagnosis function using SoftMaster-NM (IO information CPU Link Service LOG)
COMMUNICATION- Snet
System Configuration-
COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
Modem Connection- Remote communication with external devices via modem connection Available for only RS-232C port
Communication Mode- Dedicated Mode- 11 or 1N communication using ML dedicated protocol
- SoftMaster- Program upload download and remote control
-P2P Mode- Communication by protocol using SoftMaster-NM (Interface with other PLCrsquos) HMI Modbus RTU ASCII master communication
Operation Mode- Server(Slave)- Remote connection simultaneously using Modbus server user-defined
-Master- Modbus RTU ASCII master user defined
COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos built-in RS-485 Max 32-station multi-drop
system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM
Max 32 stations
Master Slave 1 Slave 2 Slave 31
Loader Comm
RS-485
Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos expansion RS-422 module Max 32-station
multi-drop system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM
Master Slave 1 Slave 32
RS-422
RS-485
HCiHCiX
Integrated Programming and Debug Environment- Soft-Master Enhanced programming convenience and various
monitoringdiagnosis
Soft-Master-NM Integrated software for network setting monitoring diagnosis
Multi-PLC Multi-program management
Convenient Variable Editing
Compatibility with Microsoft Excel
Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
bull Address Monitoring bull Custom Event Monitor
bull Special Module Monitoring bull Trend Monitor
User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
With its detachable terminal block and MIL connector Master Logic
50 provides easiness and convenience for wiring and module change
For expansion of PLC system each module can be easily connected
and separated by its direct-insert method
Built-in Function Input Filter- In the application site where noise is easily generated MasterLogic-
50rsquos built-in input filter prevents wrong input caused by noise Input filter have PLC do not process input signal that has shorter time constant than set value in Soft-Master
Standard Filtering Time Setting
Filtering Time Setting for Each Module
time
Filtering time
External input signal
input image data
Programming Software Soft-Master- Programming editing amp engineering software
Windows based easy operation
Multi-PLC Multi-programming supports
Various monitoring and diagnosis functions
Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
Sink amp Source Concept-
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load
They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures
ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo
ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo
Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry
MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation
Data memory
1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit
Word Device Areahellip
Troubleshooting-
1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected
Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble
The causes troubling PLC system are as follows
1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble
2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation
Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting
1) Visual checks
Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents
2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off
3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program
Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip
Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink
input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure
Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value
- PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
- MASTER LOGIC- 50
- FEATURES-
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- FUNCTIONS-
- FUNCTIONShelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
- COMMUNICATION-
- Slide 23
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
- COMMUNICATION- Snet
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
- Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
- Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
- User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
- Built-in Function Input Filter-
- Programming Software Soft-Master-
- Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Word Device Areahellip
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
- Slide 67
- Input Output Specifications-
- Slide 69
- Slide 70
-
POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
COMMUNICATION- MasterLogic-50 series provides built-in functions and expansion
modules for communication With these functions and modules
MasterLogic-50 can exchange data with various external devices
such as HMI through its communication
Protocol1 Server communication
ML200 server
Modbus ASCIIRTU
2 Client communication
Communication(P2PCommunication)
ML200 dedicated client
User-defined Communication
Modbus client (ASCIIRTU)
3 Remote connection service
4 Loader Communication
Loader
RS-485
RS-232C
RS-422 Ethernet
RS-485
SoftMaster
ML200 Ethern
et
Loader
FEnetPositioning
Demo Kit
Positioning
Demo Kit
MLM-DN32S IO 4EA AD Snet FEnet
Positioning
COMMUNICATIONhelliphelliphellip
COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNETFeatureshellip
10100 Base-Tx Fast Ethernet for industrial use (IEEE8023)
Dedicated service for HMI connection (Modbus-TCP protocol)
High speed link communication with high-level PLC(MasterLogic200 MasterLogic200i)
Remote program Remote monitoring with Soft-Master remote service
Network security with Host table(limitation of unwanted connections)
Convenient network system setting and various self-diagnosis monitoring with Soft-Master-NM
Monitoring network information (Auto scan)
Checking module in network (PING)
Providing information of each service
(High speed link P2P dedicated service media condition)
User protocol editing and P2P service (Communication with other brandrsquos equipment)
COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
Performance- Model MLL-EMTA
Communication Spec-10100 Base-TX
Protocol - TCPIP UDPIP
Service -With ML PLCs -High-speed link P2P service
-With Other Devices -P2P service
-Application- Dedicated protocol service SoftMaster
HS Link Sending Receiving - 200 words block(Max 128 blocks)
No of Channel Connectable to Upper Stage- 8 channels
Service- Communication with PC (HMI) and external devices high-speed communication among ML PLCrsquos
Media- UTPSTP Category 5
Current Consumption ( mA )- 410
COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
Features-
Max 2 modules mountable for 1 main unit Total 5 channels of communication in 1 MasterLogic-50 system(including Loader)
Max 32-unit connection through RS-485 communication
Protocol editing and parameter setting using SoftMaster-NM
Configurable communication speed setting (300 ~ 115200 bps)
Long distance communication system using dedicated modem (expansion RS-232C Communication module)
Full duplex Half Duplex communication (expansion RS485 Communication module)
PTP User-defined Communication and Modbus communication master
Modbus RTU ASCII drivers for HMI connection
Various diagnosis function using SoftMaster-NM (IO information CPU Link Service LOG)
COMMUNICATION- Snet
System Configuration-
COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
Modem Connection- Remote communication with external devices via modem connection Available for only RS-232C port
Communication Mode- Dedicated Mode- 11 or 1N communication using ML dedicated protocol
- SoftMaster- Program upload download and remote control
-P2P Mode- Communication by protocol using SoftMaster-NM (Interface with other PLCrsquos) HMI Modbus RTU ASCII master communication
Operation Mode- Server(Slave)- Remote connection simultaneously using Modbus server user-defined
-Master- Modbus RTU ASCII master user defined
COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos built-in RS-485 Max 32-station multi-drop
system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM
Max 32 stations
Master Slave 1 Slave 2 Slave 31
Loader Comm
RS-485
Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos expansion RS-422 module Max 32-station
multi-drop system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM
Master Slave 1 Slave 32
RS-422
RS-485
HCiHCiX
Integrated Programming and Debug Environment- Soft-Master Enhanced programming convenience and various
monitoringdiagnosis
Soft-Master-NM Integrated software for network setting monitoring diagnosis
Multi-PLC Multi-program management
Convenient Variable Editing
Compatibility with Microsoft Excel
Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
bull Address Monitoring bull Custom Event Monitor
bull Special Module Monitoring bull Trend Monitor
User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
With its detachable terminal block and MIL connector Master Logic
50 provides easiness and convenience for wiring and module change
For expansion of PLC system each module can be easily connected
and separated by its direct-insert method
Built-in Function Input Filter- In the application site where noise is easily generated MasterLogic-
50rsquos built-in input filter prevents wrong input caused by noise Input filter have PLC do not process input signal that has shorter time constant than set value in Soft-Master
Standard Filtering Time Setting
Filtering Time Setting for Each Module
time
Filtering time
External input signal
input image data
Programming Software Soft-Master- Programming editing amp engineering software
Windows based easy operation
Multi-PLC Multi-programming supports
Various monitoring and diagnosis functions
Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
Sink amp Source Concept-
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load
They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures
ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo
ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo
Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry
MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation
Data memory
1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit
Word Device Areahellip
Troubleshooting-
1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected
Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble
The causes troubling PLC system are as follows
1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble
2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation
Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting
1) Visual checks
Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents
2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off
3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program
Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip
Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink
input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure
Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value
- PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
- MASTER LOGIC- 50
- FEATURES-
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- FUNCTIONS-
- FUNCTIONShelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
- COMMUNICATION-
- Slide 23
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
- COMMUNICATION- Snet
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
- Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
- Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
- User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
- Built-in Function Input Filter-
- Programming Software Soft-Master-
- Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Word Device Areahellip
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
- Slide 67
- Input Output Specifications-
- Slide 69
- Slide 70
-
COMMUNICATION- MasterLogic-50 series provides built-in functions and expansion
modules for communication With these functions and modules
MasterLogic-50 can exchange data with various external devices
such as HMI through its communication
Protocol1 Server communication
ML200 server
Modbus ASCIIRTU
2 Client communication
Communication(P2PCommunication)
ML200 dedicated client
User-defined Communication
Modbus client (ASCIIRTU)
3 Remote connection service
4 Loader Communication
Loader
RS-485
RS-232C
RS-422 Ethernet
RS-485
SoftMaster
ML200 Ethern
et
Loader
FEnetPositioning
Demo Kit
Positioning
Demo Kit
MLM-DN32S IO 4EA AD Snet FEnet
Positioning
COMMUNICATIONhelliphelliphellip
COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNETFeatureshellip
10100 Base-Tx Fast Ethernet for industrial use (IEEE8023)
Dedicated service for HMI connection (Modbus-TCP protocol)
High speed link communication with high-level PLC(MasterLogic200 MasterLogic200i)
Remote program Remote monitoring with Soft-Master remote service
Network security with Host table(limitation of unwanted connections)
Convenient network system setting and various self-diagnosis monitoring with Soft-Master-NM
Monitoring network information (Auto scan)
Checking module in network (PING)
Providing information of each service
(High speed link P2P dedicated service media condition)
User protocol editing and P2P service (Communication with other brandrsquos equipment)
COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
Performance- Model MLL-EMTA
Communication Spec-10100 Base-TX
Protocol - TCPIP UDPIP
Service -With ML PLCs -High-speed link P2P service
-With Other Devices -P2P service
-Application- Dedicated protocol service SoftMaster
HS Link Sending Receiving - 200 words block(Max 128 blocks)
No of Channel Connectable to Upper Stage- 8 channels
Service- Communication with PC (HMI) and external devices high-speed communication among ML PLCrsquos
Media- UTPSTP Category 5
Current Consumption ( mA )- 410
COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
Features-
Max 2 modules mountable for 1 main unit Total 5 channels of communication in 1 MasterLogic-50 system(including Loader)
Max 32-unit connection through RS-485 communication
Protocol editing and parameter setting using SoftMaster-NM
Configurable communication speed setting (300 ~ 115200 bps)
Long distance communication system using dedicated modem (expansion RS-232C Communication module)
Full duplex Half Duplex communication (expansion RS485 Communication module)
PTP User-defined Communication and Modbus communication master
Modbus RTU ASCII drivers for HMI connection
Various diagnosis function using SoftMaster-NM (IO information CPU Link Service LOG)
COMMUNICATION- Snet
System Configuration-
COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
Modem Connection- Remote communication with external devices via modem connection Available for only RS-232C port
Communication Mode- Dedicated Mode- 11 or 1N communication using ML dedicated protocol
- SoftMaster- Program upload download and remote control
-P2P Mode- Communication by protocol using SoftMaster-NM (Interface with other PLCrsquos) HMI Modbus RTU ASCII master communication
Operation Mode- Server(Slave)- Remote connection simultaneously using Modbus server user-defined
-Master- Modbus RTU ASCII master user defined
COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos built-in RS-485 Max 32-station multi-drop
system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM
Max 32 stations
Master Slave 1 Slave 2 Slave 31
Loader Comm
RS-485
Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos expansion RS-422 module Max 32-station
multi-drop system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM
Master Slave 1 Slave 32
RS-422
RS-485
HCiHCiX
Integrated Programming and Debug Environment- Soft-Master Enhanced programming convenience and various
monitoringdiagnosis
Soft-Master-NM Integrated software for network setting monitoring diagnosis
Multi-PLC Multi-program management
Convenient Variable Editing
Compatibility with Microsoft Excel
Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
bull Address Monitoring bull Custom Event Monitor
bull Special Module Monitoring bull Trend Monitor
User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
With its detachable terminal block and MIL connector Master Logic
50 provides easiness and convenience for wiring and module change
For expansion of PLC system each module can be easily connected
and separated by its direct-insert method
Built-in Function Input Filter- In the application site where noise is easily generated MasterLogic-
50rsquos built-in input filter prevents wrong input caused by noise Input filter have PLC do not process input signal that has shorter time constant than set value in Soft-Master
Standard Filtering Time Setting
Filtering Time Setting for Each Module
time
Filtering time
External input signal
input image data
Programming Software Soft-Master- Programming editing amp engineering software
Windows based easy operation
Multi-PLC Multi-programming supports
Various monitoring and diagnosis functions
Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
Sink amp Source Concept-
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load
They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures
ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo
ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo
Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry
MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation
Data memory
1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit
Word Device Areahellip
Troubleshooting-
1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected
Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble
The causes troubling PLC system are as follows
1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble
2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation
Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting
1) Visual checks
Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents
2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off
3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program
Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip
Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink
input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure
Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value
- PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
- MASTER LOGIC- 50
- FEATURES-
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- FUNCTIONS-
- FUNCTIONShelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
- COMMUNICATION-
- Slide 23
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
- COMMUNICATION- Snet
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
- Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
- Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
- User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
- Built-in Function Input Filter-
- Programming Software Soft-Master-
- Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Word Device Areahellip
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
- Slide 67
- Input Output Specifications-
- Slide 69
- Slide 70
-
RS-485
SoftMaster
ML200 Ethern
et
Loader
FEnetPositioning
Demo Kit
Positioning
Demo Kit
MLM-DN32S IO 4EA AD Snet FEnet
Positioning
COMMUNICATIONhelliphelliphellip
COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNETFeatureshellip
10100 Base-Tx Fast Ethernet for industrial use (IEEE8023)
Dedicated service for HMI connection (Modbus-TCP protocol)
High speed link communication with high-level PLC(MasterLogic200 MasterLogic200i)
Remote program Remote monitoring with Soft-Master remote service
Network security with Host table(limitation of unwanted connections)
Convenient network system setting and various self-diagnosis monitoring with Soft-Master-NM
Monitoring network information (Auto scan)
Checking module in network (PING)
Providing information of each service
(High speed link P2P dedicated service media condition)
User protocol editing and P2P service (Communication with other brandrsquos equipment)
COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
Performance- Model MLL-EMTA
Communication Spec-10100 Base-TX
Protocol - TCPIP UDPIP
Service -With ML PLCs -High-speed link P2P service
-With Other Devices -P2P service
-Application- Dedicated protocol service SoftMaster
HS Link Sending Receiving - 200 words block(Max 128 blocks)
No of Channel Connectable to Upper Stage- 8 channels
Service- Communication with PC (HMI) and external devices high-speed communication among ML PLCrsquos
Media- UTPSTP Category 5
Current Consumption ( mA )- 410
COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
Features-
Max 2 modules mountable for 1 main unit Total 5 channels of communication in 1 MasterLogic-50 system(including Loader)
Max 32-unit connection through RS-485 communication
Protocol editing and parameter setting using SoftMaster-NM
Configurable communication speed setting (300 ~ 115200 bps)
Long distance communication system using dedicated modem (expansion RS-232C Communication module)
Full duplex Half Duplex communication (expansion RS485 Communication module)
PTP User-defined Communication and Modbus communication master
Modbus RTU ASCII drivers for HMI connection
Various diagnosis function using SoftMaster-NM (IO information CPU Link Service LOG)
COMMUNICATION- Snet
System Configuration-
COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
Modem Connection- Remote communication with external devices via modem connection Available for only RS-232C port
Communication Mode- Dedicated Mode- 11 or 1N communication using ML dedicated protocol
- SoftMaster- Program upload download and remote control
-P2P Mode- Communication by protocol using SoftMaster-NM (Interface with other PLCrsquos) HMI Modbus RTU ASCII master communication
Operation Mode- Server(Slave)- Remote connection simultaneously using Modbus server user-defined
-Master- Modbus RTU ASCII master user defined
COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos built-in RS-485 Max 32-station multi-drop
system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM
Max 32 stations
Master Slave 1 Slave 2 Slave 31
Loader Comm
RS-485
Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos expansion RS-422 module Max 32-station
multi-drop system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM
Master Slave 1 Slave 32
RS-422
RS-485
HCiHCiX
Integrated Programming and Debug Environment- Soft-Master Enhanced programming convenience and various
monitoringdiagnosis
Soft-Master-NM Integrated software for network setting monitoring diagnosis
Multi-PLC Multi-program management
Convenient Variable Editing
Compatibility with Microsoft Excel
Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
bull Address Monitoring bull Custom Event Monitor
bull Special Module Monitoring bull Trend Monitor
User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
With its detachable terminal block and MIL connector Master Logic
50 provides easiness and convenience for wiring and module change
For expansion of PLC system each module can be easily connected
and separated by its direct-insert method
Built-in Function Input Filter- In the application site where noise is easily generated MasterLogic-
50rsquos built-in input filter prevents wrong input caused by noise Input filter have PLC do not process input signal that has shorter time constant than set value in Soft-Master
Standard Filtering Time Setting
Filtering Time Setting for Each Module
time
Filtering time
External input signal
input image data
Programming Software Soft-Master- Programming editing amp engineering software
Windows based easy operation
Multi-PLC Multi-programming supports
Various monitoring and diagnosis functions
Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
Sink amp Source Concept-
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load
They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures
ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo
ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo
Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry
MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation
Data memory
1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit
Word Device Areahellip
Troubleshooting-
1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected
Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble
The causes troubling PLC system are as follows
1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble
2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation
Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting
1) Visual checks
Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents
2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off
3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program
Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip
Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink
input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure
Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value
- PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
- MASTER LOGIC- 50
- FEATURES-
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- FUNCTIONS-
- FUNCTIONShelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
- COMMUNICATION-
- Slide 23
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
- COMMUNICATION- Snet
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
- Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
- Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
- User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
- Built-in Function Input Filter-
- Programming Software Soft-Master-
- Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Word Device Areahellip
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
- Slide 67
- Input Output Specifications-
- Slide 69
- Slide 70
-
COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNETFeatureshellip
10100 Base-Tx Fast Ethernet for industrial use (IEEE8023)
Dedicated service for HMI connection (Modbus-TCP protocol)
High speed link communication with high-level PLC(MasterLogic200 MasterLogic200i)
Remote program Remote monitoring with Soft-Master remote service
Network security with Host table(limitation of unwanted connections)
Convenient network system setting and various self-diagnosis monitoring with Soft-Master-NM
Monitoring network information (Auto scan)
Checking module in network (PING)
Providing information of each service
(High speed link P2P dedicated service media condition)
User protocol editing and P2P service (Communication with other brandrsquos equipment)
COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
Performance- Model MLL-EMTA
Communication Spec-10100 Base-TX
Protocol - TCPIP UDPIP
Service -With ML PLCs -High-speed link P2P service
-With Other Devices -P2P service
-Application- Dedicated protocol service SoftMaster
HS Link Sending Receiving - 200 words block(Max 128 blocks)
No of Channel Connectable to Upper Stage- 8 channels
Service- Communication with PC (HMI) and external devices high-speed communication among ML PLCrsquos
Media- UTPSTP Category 5
Current Consumption ( mA )- 410
COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
Features-
Max 2 modules mountable for 1 main unit Total 5 channels of communication in 1 MasterLogic-50 system(including Loader)
Max 32-unit connection through RS-485 communication
Protocol editing and parameter setting using SoftMaster-NM
Configurable communication speed setting (300 ~ 115200 bps)
Long distance communication system using dedicated modem (expansion RS-232C Communication module)
Full duplex Half Duplex communication (expansion RS485 Communication module)
PTP User-defined Communication and Modbus communication master
Modbus RTU ASCII drivers for HMI connection
Various diagnosis function using SoftMaster-NM (IO information CPU Link Service LOG)
COMMUNICATION- Snet
System Configuration-
COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
Modem Connection- Remote communication with external devices via modem connection Available for only RS-232C port
Communication Mode- Dedicated Mode- 11 or 1N communication using ML dedicated protocol
- SoftMaster- Program upload download and remote control
-P2P Mode- Communication by protocol using SoftMaster-NM (Interface with other PLCrsquos) HMI Modbus RTU ASCII master communication
Operation Mode- Server(Slave)- Remote connection simultaneously using Modbus server user-defined
-Master- Modbus RTU ASCII master user defined
COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos built-in RS-485 Max 32-station multi-drop
system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM
Max 32 stations
Master Slave 1 Slave 2 Slave 31
Loader Comm
RS-485
Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos expansion RS-422 module Max 32-station
multi-drop system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM
Master Slave 1 Slave 32
RS-422
RS-485
HCiHCiX
Integrated Programming and Debug Environment- Soft-Master Enhanced programming convenience and various
monitoringdiagnosis
Soft-Master-NM Integrated software for network setting monitoring diagnosis
Multi-PLC Multi-program management
Convenient Variable Editing
Compatibility with Microsoft Excel
Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
bull Address Monitoring bull Custom Event Monitor
bull Special Module Monitoring bull Trend Monitor
User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
With its detachable terminal block and MIL connector Master Logic
50 provides easiness and convenience for wiring and module change
For expansion of PLC system each module can be easily connected
and separated by its direct-insert method
Built-in Function Input Filter- In the application site where noise is easily generated MasterLogic-
50rsquos built-in input filter prevents wrong input caused by noise Input filter have PLC do not process input signal that has shorter time constant than set value in Soft-Master
Standard Filtering Time Setting
Filtering Time Setting for Each Module
time
Filtering time
External input signal
input image data
Programming Software Soft-Master- Programming editing amp engineering software
Windows based easy operation
Multi-PLC Multi-programming supports
Various monitoring and diagnosis functions
Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
Sink amp Source Concept-
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load
They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures
ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo
ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo
Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry
MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation
Data memory
1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit
Word Device Areahellip
Troubleshooting-
1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected
Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble
The causes troubling PLC system are as follows
1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble
2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation
Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting
1) Visual checks
Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents
2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off
3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program
Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip
Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink
input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure
Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value
- PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
- MASTER LOGIC- 50
- FEATURES-
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- FUNCTIONS-
- FUNCTIONShelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
- COMMUNICATION-
- Slide 23
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
- COMMUNICATION- Snet
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
- Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
- Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
- User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
- Built-in Function Input Filter-
- Programming Software Soft-Master-
- Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Word Device Areahellip
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
- Slide 67
- Input Output Specifications-
- Slide 69
- Slide 70
-
User protocol editing and P2P service (Communication with other brandrsquos equipment)
COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
Performance- Model MLL-EMTA
Communication Spec-10100 Base-TX
Protocol - TCPIP UDPIP
Service -With ML PLCs -High-speed link P2P service
-With Other Devices -P2P service
-Application- Dedicated protocol service SoftMaster
HS Link Sending Receiving - 200 words block(Max 128 blocks)
No of Channel Connectable to Upper Stage- 8 channels
Service- Communication with PC (HMI) and external devices high-speed communication among ML PLCrsquos
Media- UTPSTP Category 5
Current Consumption ( mA )- 410
COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
Features-
Max 2 modules mountable for 1 main unit Total 5 channels of communication in 1 MasterLogic-50 system(including Loader)
Max 32-unit connection through RS-485 communication
Protocol editing and parameter setting using SoftMaster-NM
Configurable communication speed setting (300 ~ 115200 bps)
Long distance communication system using dedicated modem (expansion RS-232C Communication module)
Full duplex Half Duplex communication (expansion RS485 Communication module)
PTP User-defined Communication and Modbus communication master
Modbus RTU ASCII drivers for HMI connection
Various diagnosis function using SoftMaster-NM (IO information CPU Link Service LOG)
COMMUNICATION- Snet
System Configuration-
COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
Modem Connection- Remote communication with external devices via modem connection Available for only RS-232C port
Communication Mode- Dedicated Mode- 11 or 1N communication using ML dedicated protocol
- SoftMaster- Program upload download and remote control
-P2P Mode- Communication by protocol using SoftMaster-NM (Interface with other PLCrsquos) HMI Modbus RTU ASCII master communication
Operation Mode- Server(Slave)- Remote connection simultaneously using Modbus server user-defined
-Master- Modbus RTU ASCII master user defined
COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos built-in RS-485 Max 32-station multi-drop
system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM
Max 32 stations
Master Slave 1 Slave 2 Slave 31
Loader Comm
RS-485
Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos expansion RS-422 module Max 32-station
multi-drop system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM
Master Slave 1 Slave 32
RS-422
RS-485
HCiHCiX
Integrated Programming and Debug Environment- Soft-Master Enhanced programming convenience and various
monitoringdiagnosis
Soft-Master-NM Integrated software for network setting monitoring diagnosis
Multi-PLC Multi-program management
Convenient Variable Editing
Compatibility with Microsoft Excel
Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
bull Address Monitoring bull Custom Event Monitor
bull Special Module Monitoring bull Trend Monitor
User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
With its detachable terminal block and MIL connector Master Logic
50 provides easiness and convenience for wiring and module change
For expansion of PLC system each module can be easily connected
and separated by its direct-insert method
Built-in Function Input Filter- In the application site where noise is easily generated MasterLogic-
50rsquos built-in input filter prevents wrong input caused by noise Input filter have PLC do not process input signal that has shorter time constant than set value in Soft-Master
Standard Filtering Time Setting
Filtering Time Setting for Each Module
time
Filtering time
External input signal
input image data
Programming Software Soft-Master- Programming editing amp engineering software
Windows based easy operation
Multi-PLC Multi-programming supports
Various monitoring and diagnosis functions
Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
Sink amp Source Concept-
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load
They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures
ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo
ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo
Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry
MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation
Data memory
1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit
Word Device Areahellip
Troubleshooting-
1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected
Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble
The causes troubling PLC system are as follows
1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble
2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation
Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting
1) Visual checks
Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents
2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off
3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program
Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip
Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink
input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure
Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value
- PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
- MASTER LOGIC- 50
- FEATURES-
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- FUNCTIONS-
- FUNCTIONShelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
- COMMUNICATION-
- Slide 23
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
- COMMUNICATION- Snet
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
- Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
- Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
- User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
- Built-in Function Input Filter-
- Programming Software Soft-Master-
- Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Word Device Areahellip
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
- Slide 67
- Input Output Specifications-
- Slide 69
- Slide 70
-
Performance- Model MLL-EMTA
Communication Spec-10100 Base-TX
Protocol - TCPIP UDPIP
Service -With ML PLCs -High-speed link P2P service
-With Other Devices -P2P service
-Application- Dedicated protocol service SoftMaster
HS Link Sending Receiving - 200 words block(Max 128 blocks)
No of Channel Connectable to Upper Stage- 8 channels
Service- Communication with PC (HMI) and external devices high-speed communication among ML PLCrsquos
Media- UTPSTP Category 5
Current Consumption ( mA )- 410
COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
Features-
Max 2 modules mountable for 1 main unit Total 5 channels of communication in 1 MasterLogic-50 system(including Loader)
Max 32-unit connection through RS-485 communication
Protocol editing and parameter setting using SoftMaster-NM
Configurable communication speed setting (300 ~ 115200 bps)
Long distance communication system using dedicated modem (expansion RS-232C Communication module)
Full duplex Half Duplex communication (expansion RS485 Communication module)
PTP User-defined Communication and Modbus communication master
Modbus RTU ASCII drivers for HMI connection
Various diagnosis function using SoftMaster-NM (IO information CPU Link Service LOG)
COMMUNICATION- Snet
System Configuration-
COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
Modem Connection- Remote communication with external devices via modem connection Available for only RS-232C port
Communication Mode- Dedicated Mode- 11 or 1N communication using ML dedicated protocol
- SoftMaster- Program upload download and remote control
-P2P Mode- Communication by protocol using SoftMaster-NM (Interface with other PLCrsquos) HMI Modbus RTU ASCII master communication
Operation Mode- Server(Slave)- Remote connection simultaneously using Modbus server user-defined
-Master- Modbus RTU ASCII master user defined
COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos built-in RS-485 Max 32-station multi-drop
system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM
Max 32 stations
Master Slave 1 Slave 2 Slave 31
Loader Comm
RS-485
Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos expansion RS-422 module Max 32-station
multi-drop system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM
Master Slave 1 Slave 32
RS-422
RS-485
HCiHCiX
Integrated Programming and Debug Environment- Soft-Master Enhanced programming convenience and various
monitoringdiagnosis
Soft-Master-NM Integrated software for network setting monitoring diagnosis
Multi-PLC Multi-program management
Convenient Variable Editing
Compatibility with Microsoft Excel
Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
bull Address Monitoring bull Custom Event Monitor
bull Special Module Monitoring bull Trend Monitor
User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
With its detachable terminal block and MIL connector Master Logic
50 provides easiness and convenience for wiring and module change
For expansion of PLC system each module can be easily connected
and separated by its direct-insert method
Built-in Function Input Filter- In the application site where noise is easily generated MasterLogic-
50rsquos built-in input filter prevents wrong input caused by noise Input filter have PLC do not process input signal that has shorter time constant than set value in Soft-Master
Standard Filtering Time Setting
Filtering Time Setting for Each Module
time
Filtering time
External input signal
input image data
Programming Software Soft-Master- Programming editing amp engineering software
Windows based easy operation
Multi-PLC Multi-programming supports
Various monitoring and diagnosis functions
Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
Sink amp Source Concept-
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load
They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures
ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo
ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo
Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry
MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation
Data memory
1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit
Word Device Areahellip
Troubleshooting-
1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected
Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble
The causes troubling PLC system are as follows
1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble
2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation
Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting
1) Visual checks
Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents
2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off
3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program
Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip
Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink
input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure
Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value
- PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
- MASTER LOGIC- 50
- FEATURES-
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- FUNCTIONS-
- FUNCTIONShelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
- COMMUNICATION-
- Slide 23
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
- COMMUNICATION- Snet
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
- Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
- Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
- User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
- Built-in Function Input Filter-
- Programming Software Soft-Master-
- Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Word Device Areahellip
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
- Slide 67
- Input Output Specifications-
- Slide 69
- Slide 70
-
Features-
Max 2 modules mountable for 1 main unit Total 5 channels of communication in 1 MasterLogic-50 system(including Loader)
Max 32-unit connection through RS-485 communication
Protocol editing and parameter setting using SoftMaster-NM
Configurable communication speed setting (300 ~ 115200 bps)
Long distance communication system using dedicated modem (expansion RS-232C Communication module)
Full duplex Half Duplex communication (expansion RS485 Communication module)
PTP User-defined Communication and Modbus communication master
Modbus RTU ASCII drivers for HMI connection
Various diagnosis function using SoftMaster-NM (IO information CPU Link Service LOG)
COMMUNICATION- Snet
System Configuration-
COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
Modem Connection- Remote communication with external devices via modem connection Available for only RS-232C port
Communication Mode- Dedicated Mode- 11 or 1N communication using ML dedicated protocol
- SoftMaster- Program upload download and remote control
-P2P Mode- Communication by protocol using SoftMaster-NM (Interface with other PLCrsquos) HMI Modbus RTU ASCII master communication
Operation Mode- Server(Slave)- Remote connection simultaneously using Modbus server user-defined
-Master- Modbus RTU ASCII master user defined
COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos built-in RS-485 Max 32-station multi-drop
system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM
Max 32 stations
Master Slave 1 Slave 2 Slave 31
Loader Comm
RS-485
Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos expansion RS-422 module Max 32-station
multi-drop system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM
Master Slave 1 Slave 32
RS-422
RS-485
HCiHCiX
Integrated Programming and Debug Environment- Soft-Master Enhanced programming convenience and various
monitoringdiagnosis
Soft-Master-NM Integrated software for network setting monitoring diagnosis
Multi-PLC Multi-program management
Convenient Variable Editing
Compatibility with Microsoft Excel
Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
bull Address Monitoring bull Custom Event Monitor
bull Special Module Monitoring bull Trend Monitor
User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
With its detachable terminal block and MIL connector Master Logic
50 provides easiness and convenience for wiring and module change
For expansion of PLC system each module can be easily connected
and separated by its direct-insert method
Built-in Function Input Filter- In the application site where noise is easily generated MasterLogic-
50rsquos built-in input filter prevents wrong input caused by noise Input filter have PLC do not process input signal that has shorter time constant than set value in Soft-Master
Standard Filtering Time Setting
Filtering Time Setting for Each Module
time
Filtering time
External input signal
input image data
Programming Software Soft-Master- Programming editing amp engineering software
Windows based easy operation
Multi-PLC Multi-programming supports
Various monitoring and diagnosis functions
Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
Sink amp Source Concept-
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load
They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures
ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo
ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo
Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry
MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation
Data memory
1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit
Word Device Areahellip
Troubleshooting-
1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected
Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble
The causes troubling PLC system are as follows
1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble
2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation
Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting
1) Visual checks
Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents
2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off
3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program
Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip
Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink
input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure
Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value
- PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
- MASTER LOGIC- 50
- FEATURES-
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- FUNCTIONS-
- FUNCTIONShelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
- COMMUNICATION-
- Slide 23
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
- COMMUNICATION- Snet
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
- Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
- Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
- User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
- Built-in Function Input Filter-
- Programming Software Soft-Master-
- Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Word Device Areahellip
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
- Slide 67
- Input Output Specifications-
- Slide 69
- Slide 70
-
System Configuration-
COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
Modem Connection- Remote communication with external devices via modem connection Available for only RS-232C port
Communication Mode- Dedicated Mode- 11 or 1N communication using ML dedicated protocol
- SoftMaster- Program upload download and remote control
-P2P Mode- Communication by protocol using SoftMaster-NM (Interface with other PLCrsquos) HMI Modbus RTU ASCII master communication
Operation Mode- Server(Slave)- Remote connection simultaneously using Modbus server user-defined
-Master- Modbus RTU ASCII master user defined
COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos built-in RS-485 Max 32-station multi-drop
system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM
Max 32 stations
Master Slave 1 Slave 2 Slave 31
Loader Comm
RS-485
Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos expansion RS-422 module Max 32-station
multi-drop system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM
Master Slave 1 Slave 32
RS-422
RS-485
HCiHCiX
Integrated Programming and Debug Environment- Soft-Master Enhanced programming convenience and various
monitoringdiagnosis
Soft-Master-NM Integrated software for network setting monitoring diagnosis
Multi-PLC Multi-program management
Convenient Variable Editing
Compatibility with Microsoft Excel
Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
bull Address Monitoring bull Custom Event Monitor
bull Special Module Monitoring bull Trend Monitor
User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
With its detachable terminal block and MIL connector Master Logic
50 provides easiness and convenience for wiring and module change
For expansion of PLC system each module can be easily connected
and separated by its direct-insert method
Built-in Function Input Filter- In the application site where noise is easily generated MasterLogic-
50rsquos built-in input filter prevents wrong input caused by noise Input filter have PLC do not process input signal that has shorter time constant than set value in Soft-Master
Standard Filtering Time Setting
Filtering Time Setting for Each Module
time
Filtering time
External input signal
input image data
Programming Software Soft-Master- Programming editing amp engineering software
Windows based easy operation
Multi-PLC Multi-programming supports
Various monitoring and diagnosis functions
Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
Sink amp Source Concept-
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load
They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures
ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo
ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo
Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry
MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation
Data memory
1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit
Word Device Areahellip
Troubleshooting-
1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected
Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble
The causes troubling PLC system are as follows
1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble
2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation
Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting
1) Visual checks
Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents
2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off
3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program
Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip
Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink
input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure
Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value
- PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
- MASTER LOGIC- 50
- FEATURES-
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- FUNCTIONS-
- FUNCTIONShelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
- COMMUNICATION-
- Slide 23
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
- COMMUNICATION- Snet
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
- Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
- Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
- User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
- Built-in Function Input Filter-
- Programming Software Soft-Master-
- Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Word Device Areahellip
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
- Slide 67
- Input Output Specifications-
- Slide 69
- Slide 70
-
Modem Connection- Remote communication with external devices via modem connection Available for only RS-232C port
Communication Mode- Dedicated Mode- 11 or 1N communication using ML dedicated protocol
- SoftMaster- Program upload download and remote control
-P2P Mode- Communication by protocol using SoftMaster-NM (Interface with other PLCrsquos) HMI Modbus RTU ASCII master communication
Operation Mode- Server(Slave)- Remote connection simultaneously using Modbus server user-defined
-Master- Modbus RTU ASCII master user defined
COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos built-in RS-485 Max 32-station multi-drop
system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM
Max 32 stations
Master Slave 1 Slave 2 Slave 31
Loader Comm
RS-485
Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos expansion RS-422 module Max 32-station
multi-drop system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM
Master Slave 1 Slave 32
RS-422
RS-485
HCiHCiX
Integrated Programming and Debug Environment- Soft-Master Enhanced programming convenience and various
monitoringdiagnosis
Soft-Master-NM Integrated software for network setting monitoring diagnosis
Multi-PLC Multi-program management
Convenient Variable Editing
Compatibility with Microsoft Excel
Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
bull Address Monitoring bull Custom Event Monitor
bull Special Module Monitoring bull Trend Monitor
User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
With its detachable terminal block and MIL connector Master Logic
50 provides easiness and convenience for wiring and module change
For expansion of PLC system each module can be easily connected
and separated by its direct-insert method
Built-in Function Input Filter- In the application site where noise is easily generated MasterLogic-
50rsquos built-in input filter prevents wrong input caused by noise Input filter have PLC do not process input signal that has shorter time constant than set value in Soft-Master
Standard Filtering Time Setting
Filtering Time Setting for Each Module
time
Filtering time
External input signal
input image data
Programming Software Soft-Master- Programming editing amp engineering software
Windows based easy operation
Multi-PLC Multi-programming supports
Various monitoring and diagnosis functions
Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
Sink amp Source Concept-
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load
They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures
ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo
ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo
Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry
MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation
Data memory
1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit
Word Device Areahellip
Troubleshooting-
1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected
Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble
The causes troubling PLC system are as follows
1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble
2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation
Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting
1) Visual checks
Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents
2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off
3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program
Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip
Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink
input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure
Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value
- PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
- MASTER LOGIC- 50
- FEATURES-
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- FUNCTIONS-
- FUNCTIONShelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
- COMMUNICATION-
- Slide 23
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
- COMMUNICATION- Snet
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
- Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
- Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
- User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
- Built-in Function Input Filter-
- Programming Software Soft-Master-
- Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Word Device Areahellip
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
- Slide 67
- Input Output Specifications-
- Slide 69
- Slide 70
-
Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos built-in RS-485 Max 32-station multi-drop
system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM
Max 32 stations
Master Slave 1 Slave 2 Slave 31
Loader Comm
RS-485
Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos expansion RS-422 module Max 32-station
multi-drop system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM
Master Slave 1 Slave 32
RS-422
RS-485
HCiHCiX
Integrated Programming and Debug Environment- Soft-Master Enhanced programming convenience and various
monitoringdiagnosis
Soft-Master-NM Integrated software for network setting monitoring diagnosis
Multi-PLC Multi-program management
Convenient Variable Editing
Compatibility with Microsoft Excel
Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
bull Address Monitoring bull Custom Event Monitor
bull Special Module Monitoring bull Trend Monitor
User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
With its detachable terminal block and MIL connector Master Logic
50 provides easiness and convenience for wiring and module change
For expansion of PLC system each module can be easily connected
and separated by its direct-insert method
Built-in Function Input Filter- In the application site where noise is easily generated MasterLogic-
50rsquos built-in input filter prevents wrong input caused by noise Input filter have PLC do not process input signal that has shorter time constant than set value in Soft-Master
Standard Filtering Time Setting
Filtering Time Setting for Each Module
time
Filtering time
External input signal
input image data
Programming Software Soft-Master- Programming editing amp engineering software
Windows based easy operation
Multi-PLC Multi-programming supports
Various monitoring and diagnosis functions
Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
Sink amp Source Concept-
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load
They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures
ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo
ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo
Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry
MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation
Data memory
1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit
Word Device Areahellip
Troubleshooting-
1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected
Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble
The causes troubling PLC system are as follows
1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble
2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation
Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting
1) Visual checks
Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents
2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off
3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program
Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip
Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink
input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure
Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value
- PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
- MASTER LOGIC- 50
- FEATURES-
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- FUNCTIONS-
- FUNCTIONShelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
- COMMUNICATION-
- Slide 23
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
- COMMUNICATION- Snet
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
- Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
- Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
- User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
- Built-in Function Input Filter-
- Programming Software Soft-Master-
- Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Word Device Areahellip
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
- Slide 67
- Input Output Specifications-
- Slide 69
- Slide 70
-
Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop With MasterLogic-50rsquos expansion RS-422 module Max 32-station
multi-drop system can be configured Communication parameters of each station can be easily set with SoftMaster-NM
Master Slave 1 Slave 32
RS-422
RS-485
HCiHCiX
Integrated Programming and Debug Environment- Soft-Master Enhanced programming convenience and various
monitoringdiagnosis
Soft-Master-NM Integrated software for network setting monitoring diagnosis
Multi-PLC Multi-program management
Convenient Variable Editing
Compatibility with Microsoft Excel
Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
bull Address Monitoring bull Custom Event Monitor
bull Special Module Monitoring bull Trend Monitor
User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
With its detachable terminal block and MIL connector Master Logic
50 provides easiness and convenience for wiring and module change
For expansion of PLC system each module can be easily connected
and separated by its direct-insert method
Built-in Function Input Filter- In the application site where noise is easily generated MasterLogic-
50rsquos built-in input filter prevents wrong input caused by noise Input filter have PLC do not process input signal that has shorter time constant than set value in Soft-Master
Standard Filtering Time Setting
Filtering Time Setting for Each Module
time
Filtering time
External input signal
input image data
Programming Software Soft-Master- Programming editing amp engineering software
Windows based easy operation
Multi-PLC Multi-programming supports
Various monitoring and diagnosis functions
Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
Sink amp Source Concept-
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load
They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures
ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo
ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo
Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry
MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation
Data memory
1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit
Word Device Areahellip
Troubleshooting-
1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected
Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble
The causes troubling PLC system are as follows
1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble
2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation
Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting
1) Visual checks
Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents
2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off
3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program
Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip
Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink
input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure
Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value
- PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
- MASTER LOGIC- 50
- FEATURES-
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- FUNCTIONS-
- FUNCTIONShelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
- COMMUNICATION-
- Slide 23
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
- COMMUNICATION- Snet
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
- Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
- Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
- User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
- Built-in Function Input Filter-
- Programming Software Soft-Master-
- Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Word Device Areahellip
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
- Slide 67
- Input Output Specifications-
- Slide 69
- Slide 70
-
Integrated Programming and Debug Environment- Soft-Master Enhanced programming convenience and various
monitoringdiagnosis
Soft-Master-NM Integrated software for network setting monitoring diagnosis
Multi-PLC Multi-program management
Convenient Variable Editing
Compatibility with Microsoft Excel
Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
bull Address Monitoring bull Custom Event Monitor
bull Special Module Monitoring bull Trend Monitor
User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
With its detachable terminal block and MIL connector Master Logic
50 provides easiness and convenience for wiring and module change
For expansion of PLC system each module can be easily connected
and separated by its direct-insert method
Built-in Function Input Filter- In the application site where noise is easily generated MasterLogic-
50rsquos built-in input filter prevents wrong input caused by noise Input filter have PLC do not process input signal that has shorter time constant than set value in Soft-Master
Standard Filtering Time Setting
Filtering Time Setting for Each Module
time
Filtering time
External input signal
input image data
Programming Software Soft-Master- Programming editing amp engineering software
Windows based easy operation
Multi-PLC Multi-programming supports
Various monitoring and diagnosis functions
Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
Sink amp Source Concept-
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load
They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures
ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo
ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo
Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry
MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation
Data memory
1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit
Word Device Areahellip
Troubleshooting-
1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected
Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble
The causes troubling PLC system are as follows
1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble
2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation
Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting
1) Visual checks
Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents
2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off
3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program
Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip
Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink
input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure
Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value
- PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
- MASTER LOGIC- 50
- FEATURES-
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- FUNCTIONS-
- FUNCTIONShelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
- COMMUNICATION-
- Slide 23
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
- COMMUNICATION- Snet
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
- Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
- Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
- User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
- Built-in Function Input Filter-
- Programming Software Soft-Master-
- Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Word Device Areahellip
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
- Slide 67
- Input Output Specifications-
- Slide 69
- Slide 70
-
Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
bull Address Monitoring bull Custom Event Monitor
bull Special Module Monitoring bull Trend Monitor
User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
With its detachable terminal block and MIL connector Master Logic
50 provides easiness and convenience for wiring and module change
For expansion of PLC system each module can be easily connected
and separated by its direct-insert method
Built-in Function Input Filter- In the application site where noise is easily generated MasterLogic-
50rsquos built-in input filter prevents wrong input caused by noise Input filter have PLC do not process input signal that has shorter time constant than set value in Soft-Master
Standard Filtering Time Setting
Filtering Time Setting for Each Module
time
Filtering time
External input signal
input image data
Programming Software Soft-Master- Programming editing amp engineering software
Windows based easy operation
Multi-PLC Multi-programming supports
Various monitoring and diagnosis functions
Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
Sink amp Source Concept-
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load
They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures
ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo
ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo
Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry
MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation
Data memory
1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit
Word Device Areahellip
Troubleshooting-
1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected
Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble
The causes troubling PLC system are as follows
1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble
2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation
Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting
1) Visual checks
Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents
2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off
3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program
Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip
Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink
input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure
Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value
- PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
- MASTER LOGIC- 50
- FEATURES-
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- FUNCTIONS-
- FUNCTIONShelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
- COMMUNICATION-
- Slide 23
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
- COMMUNICATION- Snet
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
- Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
- Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
- User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
- Built-in Function Input Filter-
- Programming Software Soft-Master-
- Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Word Device Areahellip
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
- Slide 67
- Input Output Specifications-
- Slide 69
- Slide 70
-
User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
With its detachable terminal block and MIL connector Master Logic
50 provides easiness and convenience for wiring and module change
For expansion of PLC system each module can be easily connected
and separated by its direct-insert method
Built-in Function Input Filter- In the application site where noise is easily generated MasterLogic-
50rsquos built-in input filter prevents wrong input caused by noise Input filter have PLC do not process input signal that has shorter time constant than set value in Soft-Master
Standard Filtering Time Setting
Filtering Time Setting for Each Module
time
Filtering time
External input signal
input image data
Programming Software Soft-Master- Programming editing amp engineering software
Windows based easy operation
Multi-PLC Multi-programming supports
Various monitoring and diagnosis functions
Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
Sink amp Source Concept-
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load
They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures
ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo
ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo
Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry
MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation
Data memory
1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit
Word Device Areahellip
Troubleshooting-
1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected
Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble
The causes troubling PLC system are as follows
1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble
2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation
Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting
1) Visual checks
Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents
2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off
3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program
Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip
Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink
input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure
Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value
- PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
- MASTER LOGIC- 50
- FEATURES-
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- FUNCTIONS-
- FUNCTIONShelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
- COMMUNICATION-
- Slide 23
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
- COMMUNICATION- Snet
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
- Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
- Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
- User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
- Built-in Function Input Filter-
- Programming Software Soft-Master-
- Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Word Device Areahellip
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
- Slide 67
- Input Output Specifications-
- Slide 69
- Slide 70
-
Built-in Function Input Filter- In the application site where noise is easily generated MasterLogic-
50rsquos built-in input filter prevents wrong input caused by noise Input filter have PLC do not process input signal that has shorter time constant than set value in Soft-Master
Standard Filtering Time Setting
Filtering Time Setting for Each Module
time
Filtering time
External input signal
input image data
Programming Software Soft-Master- Programming editing amp engineering software
Windows based easy operation
Multi-PLC Multi-programming supports
Various monitoring and diagnosis functions
Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
Sink amp Source Concept-
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load
They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures
ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo
ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo
Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry
MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation
Data memory
1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit
Word Device Areahellip
Troubleshooting-
1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected
Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble
The causes troubling PLC system are as follows
1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble
2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation
Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting
1) Visual checks
Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents
2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off
3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program
Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip
Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink
input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure
Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value
- PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
- MASTER LOGIC- 50
- FEATURES-
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- FUNCTIONS-
- FUNCTIONShelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
- COMMUNICATION-
- Slide 23
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
- COMMUNICATION- Snet
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
- Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
- Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
- User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
- Built-in Function Input Filter-
- Programming Software Soft-Master-
- Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Word Device Areahellip
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
- Slide 67
- Input Output Specifications-
- Slide 69
- Slide 70
-
Programming Software Soft-Master- Programming editing amp engineering software
Windows based easy operation
Multi-PLC Multi-programming supports
Various monitoring and diagnosis functions
Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
Sink amp Source Concept-
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load
They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures
ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo
ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo
Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry
MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation
Data memory
1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit
Word Device Areahellip
Troubleshooting-
1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected
Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble
The causes troubling PLC system are as follows
1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble
2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation
Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting
1) Visual checks
Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents
2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off
3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program
Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip
Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink
input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure
Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value
- PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
- MASTER LOGIC- 50
- FEATURES-
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- FUNCTIONS-
- FUNCTIONShelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
- COMMUNICATION-
- Slide 23
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
- COMMUNICATION- Snet
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
- Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
- Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
- User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
- Built-in Function Input Filter-
- Programming Software Soft-Master-
- Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Word Device Areahellip
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
- Slide 67
- Input Output Specifications-
- Slide 69
- Slide 70
-
Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
Sink amp Source Concept-
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load
They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures
ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo
ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo
Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry
MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation
Data memory
1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit
Word Device Areahellip
Troubleshooting-
1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected
Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble
The causes troubling PLC system are as follows
1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble
2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation
Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting
1) Visual checks
Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents
2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off
3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program
Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip
Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink
input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure
Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value
- PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
- MASTER LOGIC- 50
- FEATURES-
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- FUNCTIONS-
- FUNCTIONShelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
- COMMUNICATION-
- Slide 23
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
- COMMUNICATION- Snet
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
- Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
- Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
- User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
- Built-in Function Input Filter-
- Programming Software Soft-Master-
- Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Word Device Areahellip
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
- Slide 67
- Input Output Specifications-
- Slide 69
- Slide 70
-
Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
Sink amp Source Concept-
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load
They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures
ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo
ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo
Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry
MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation
Data memory
1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit
Word Device Areahellip
Troubleshooting-
1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected
Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble
The causes troubling PLC system are as follows
1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble
2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation
Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting
1) Visual checks
Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents
2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off
3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program
Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip
Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink
input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure
Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value
- PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
- MASTER LOGIC- 50
- FEATURES-
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- FUNCTIONS-
- FUNCTIONShelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
- COMMUNICATION-
- Slide 23
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
- COMMUNICATION- Snet
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
- Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
- Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
- User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
- Built-in Function Input Filter-
- Programming Software Soft-Master-
- Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Word Device Areahellip
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
- Slide 67
- Input Output Specifications-
- Slide 69
- Slide 70
-
Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
Sink amp Source Concept-
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load
They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures
ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo
ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo
Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry
MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation
Data memory
1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit
Word Device Areahellip
Troubleshooting-
1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected
Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble
The causes troubling PLC system are as follows
1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble
2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation
Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting
1) Visual checks
Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents
2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off
3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program
Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip
Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink
input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure
Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value
- PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
- MASTER LOGIC- 50
- FEATURES-
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- FUNCTIONS-
- FUNCTIONShelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
- COMMUNICATION-
- Slide 23
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
- COMMUNICATION- Snet
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
- Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
- Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
- User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
- Built-in Function Input Filter-
- Programming Software Soft-Master-
- Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Word Device Areahellip
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
- Slide 67
- Input Output Specifications-
- Slide 69
- Slide 70
-
Sink amp Source Concept-
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load
They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures
ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo
ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo
Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry
MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation
Data memory
1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit
Word Device Areahellip
Troubleshooting-
1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected
Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble
The causes troubling PLC system are as follows
1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble
2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation
Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting
1) Visual checks
Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents
2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off
3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program
Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip
Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink
input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure
Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value
- PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
- MASTER LOGIC- 50
- FEATURES-
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- FUNCTIONS-
- FUNCTIONShelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
- COMMUNICATION-
- Slide 23
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
- COMMUNICATION- Snet
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
- Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
- Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
- User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
- Built-in Function Input Filter-
- Programming Software Soft-Master-
- Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Word Device Areahellip
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
- Slide 67
- Input Output Specifications-
- Slide 69
- Slide 70
-
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load
They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures
ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo
ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo
Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry
MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation
Data memory
1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit
Word Device Areahellip
Troubleshooting-
1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected
Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble
The causes troubling PLC system are as follows
1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble
2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation
Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting
1) Visual checks
Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents
2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off
3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program
Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip
Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink
input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure
Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value
- PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
- MASTER LOGIC- 50
- FEATURES-
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- FUNCTIONS-
- FUNCTIONShelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
- COMMUNICATION-
- Slide 23
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
- COMMUNICATION- Snet
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
- Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
- Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
- User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
- Built-in Function Input Filter-
- Programming Software Soft-Master-
- Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Word Device Areahellip
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
- Slide 67
- Input Output Specifications-
- Slide 69
- Slide 70
-
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load
They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures
ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo
ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo
Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry
MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation
Data memory
1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit
Word Device Areahellip
Troubleshooting-
1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected
Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble
The causes troubling PLC system are as follows
1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble
2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation
Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting
1) Visual checks
Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents
2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off
3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program
Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip
Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink
input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure
Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value
- PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
- MASTER LOGIC- 50
- FEATURES-
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- FUNCTIONS-
- FUNCTIONShelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
- COMMUNICATION-
- Slide 23
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
- COMMUNICATION- Snet
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
- Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
- Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
- User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
- Built-in Function Input Filter-
- Programming Software Soft-Master-
- Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Word Device Areahellip
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
- Slide 67
- Input Output Specifications-
- Slide 69
- Slide 70
-
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipIn general Sinking (NPN) and Sourcing (PNP) are terms that define the control of direct current flow in a load
They are only pertinent with DC components and should not be associated with AC control structures
ldquoSinking (NPN) provides a path to 0 VDC (-DC)rdquo
ldquoSourcing (PNP) provides a path to +24 VDC (+DC)rdquo
Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry
MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation
Data memory
1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit
Word Device Areahellip
Troubleshooting-
1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected
Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble
The causes troubling PLC system are as follows
1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble
2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation
Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting
1) Visual checks
Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents
2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off
3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program
Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip
Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink
input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure
Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value
- PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
- MASTER LOGIC- 50
- FEATURES-
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- FUNCTIONS-
- FUNCTIONShelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
- COMMUNICATION-
- Slide 23
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
- COMMUNICATION- Snet
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
- Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
- Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
- User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
- Built-in Function Input Filter-
- Programming Software Soft-Master-
- Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Word Device Areahellip
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
- Slide 67
- Input Output Specifications-
- Slide 69
- Slide 70
-
Sinking (NPN) Outputs ndash Are outputs that ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current through the loadIn this case the common connection to the load is the 24 VDC (+DC) lineSinking output modules require the load to be energized by a current which flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the load through the NPN Output Switch Device to the 0 VDC (-DC) line
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry
MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation
Data memory
1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit
Word Device Areahellip
Troubleshooting-
1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected
Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble
The causes troubling PLC system are as follows
1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble
2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation
Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting
1) Visual checks
Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents
2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off
3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program
Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip
Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink
input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure
Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value
- PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
- MASTER LOGIC- 50
- FEATURES-
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- FUNCTIONS-
- FUNCTIONShelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
- COMMUNICATION-
- Slide 23
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
- COMMUNICATION- Snet
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
- Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
- Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
- User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
- Built-in Function Input Filter-
- Programming Software Soft-Master-
- Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Word Device Areahellip
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
- Slide 67
- Input Output Specifications-
- Slide 69
- Slide 70
-
The sensor responds to a physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is low and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the NPN output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow into the sensor to ground (hence sinking) The voltage on the NPN output will be pulled down to V-
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V higher because of the transistor When the sensor is off the NPN output will float and any digital circuitry needs to contain a pull-upresistor
Sink amp Source Concepthelliphellip
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry
MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation
Data memory
1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit
Word Device Areahellip
Troubleshooting-
1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected
Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble
The causes troubling PLC system are as follows
1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble
2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation
Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting
1) Visual checks
Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents
2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off
3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program
Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip
Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink
input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure
Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value
- PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
- MASTER LOGIC- 50
- FEATURES-
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- FUNCTIONS-
- FUNCTIONShelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
- COMMUNICATION-
- Slide 23
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
- COMMUNICATION- Snet
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
- Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
- Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
- User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
- Built-in Function Input Filter-
- Programming Software Soft-Master-
- Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Word Device Areahellip
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
- Slide 67
- Input Output Specifications-
- Slide 69
- Slide 70
-
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Outputs - Are outputs that ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current through the loadThis means that the common connection to the load is the 0 VDC (-DC) lineSourcing output modules require the load to be energized by a current that flows from +24 VDC (+DC) through the PNP Output Switch device through the load to the 0 VDC (- DC) line
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry
MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation
Data memory
1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit
Word Device Areahellip
Troubleshooting-
1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected
Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble
The causes troubling PLC system are as follows
1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble
2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation
Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting
1) Visual checks
Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents
2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off
3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program
Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip
Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink
input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure
Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value
- PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
- MASTER LOGIC- 50
- FEATURES-
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- FUNCTIONS-
- FUNCTIONShelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
- COMMUNICATION-
- Slide 23
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
- COMMUNICATION- Snet
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
- Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
- Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
- User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
- Built-in Function Input Filter-
- Programming Software Soft-Master-
- Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Word Device Areahellip
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
- Slide 67
- Input Output Specifications-
- Slide 69
- Slide 70
-
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipThe sensor responds to the physical phenomenon If the sensor is inactive (nothing detected) then the active line is high and the transistor is off this is like an open switch That means the PNP output will have no current inout When the sensor is active it will make the active line high This will turn on the transistor and effectively close the switch This will allow current to flow from V+ through the sensor to the output (hence sourcing) The voltage on the PNP output will be pulled up to V+
Note the voltage will always be 1-2V lower because of the transistor When off the PNP output will float if used with digital circuitry a pull-down resistor will be needed
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry
MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation
Data memory
1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit
Word Device Areahellip
Troubleshooting-
1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected
Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble
The causes troubling PLC system are as follows
1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble
2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation
Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting
1) Visual checks
Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents
2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off
3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program
Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip
Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink
input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure
Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value
- PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
- MASTER LOGIC- 50
- FEATURES-
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- FUNCTIONS-
- FUNCTIONShelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
- COMMUNICATION-
- Slide 23
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
- COMMUNICATION- Snet
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
- Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
- Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
- User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
- Built-in Function Input Filter-
- Programming Software Soft-Master-
- Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Word Device Areahellip
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
- Slide 67
- Input Output Specifications-
- Slide 69
- Slide 70
-
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSinking (NPN) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSinkrdquo or ldquopullrdquo current from the Input circuitry to 0 VDC (-DC) This means that the external sensor device provides a current path to the 0 VDC (-DC) common point
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry
MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation
Data memory
1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit
Word Device Areahellip
Troubleshooting-
1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected
Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble
The causes troubling PLC system are as follows
1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble
2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation
Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting
1) Visual checks
Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents
2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off
3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program
Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip
Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink
input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure
Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value
- PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
- MASTER LOGIC- 50
- FEATURES-
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- FUNCTIONS-
- FUNCTIONShelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
- COMMUNICATION-
- Slide 23
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
- COMMUNICATION- Snet
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
- Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
- Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
- User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
- Built-in Function Input Filter-
- Programming Software Soft-Master-
- Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Word Device Areahellip
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
- Slide 67
- Input Output Specifications-
- Slide 69
- Slide 70
-
Sink amp Source ConcepthelliphellipSourcing (PNP) Inputs ndash Are inputs that require an external sensor device to ldquoSourcerdquo or ldquopushrdquo current from the 24 VDC (+DC) line to the Input Circuitry This means that the external sensor device provides a current path from the 24 VDC (+DC) common point to the Input circuitry
MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation
Data memory
1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit
Word Device Areahellip
Troubleshooting-
1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected
Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble
The causes troubling PLC system are as follows
1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble
2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation
Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting
1) Visual checks
Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents
2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off
3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program
Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip
Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink
input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure
Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value
- PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
- MASTER LOGIC- 50
- FEATURES-
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- FUNCTIONS-
- FUNCTIONShelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
- COMMUNICATION-
- Slide 23
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
- COMMUNICATION- Snet
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
- Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
- Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
- User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
- Built-in Function Input Filter-
- Programming Software Soft-Master-
- Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Word Device Areahellip
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
- Slide 67
- Input Output Specifications-
- Slide 69
- Slide 70
-
MEMORYhellipThere are two types of memory in CPU module that the user can use One is Program Memory that saves the user program written by the user to build the system and the other is Data Memory that provides the device area to save the data during operation
Data memory
1) Bit device areaVarious Bit Device are provided per function The indication method is indicated by device type for first digit word position by decimal for middle digit and bit position by hexadecimal for the last digit
Word Device Areahellip
Troubleshooting-
1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected
Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble
The causes troubling PLC system are as follows
1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble
2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation
Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting
1) Visual checks
Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents
2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off
3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program
Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip
Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink
input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure
Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value
- PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
- MASTER LOGIC- 50
- FEATURES-
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- FUNCTIONS-
- FUNCTIONShelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
- COMMUNICATION-
- Slide 23
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
- COMMUNICATION- Snet
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
- Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
- Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
- User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
- Built-in Function Input Filter-
- Programming Software Soft-Master-
- Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Word Device Areahellip
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
- Slide 67
- Input Output Specifications-
- Slide 69
- Slide 70
-
Word Device Areahellip
Troubleshooting-
1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected
Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble
The causes troubling PLC system are as follows
1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble
2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation
Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting
1) Visual checks
Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents
2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off
3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program
Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip
Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink
input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure
Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value
- PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
- MASTER LOGIC- 50
- FEATURES-
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- FUNCTIONS-
- FUNCTIONShelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
- COMMUNICATION-
- Slide 23
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
- COMMUNICATION- Snet
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
- Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
- Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
- User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
- Built-in Function Input Filter-
- Programming Software Soft-Master-
- Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Word Device Areahellip
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
- Slide 67
- Input Output Specifications-
- Slide 69
- Slide 70
-
Troubleshooting-
1) Trouble typesTrouble occurs due to PLC itself system configuration error or abnormal operation result detected
Trouble is divided into mode stopping operation for the safety and warning mode generating alert to user with a mode in trouble
The causes troubling PLC system are as follows
1048697 PLC hardware trouble1048697 System configuration error1048697 Operation error while operating user program1048697 Error detected owing to external device in trouble
2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation
Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting
1) Visual checks
Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents
2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off
3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program
Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip
Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink
input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure
Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value
- PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
- MASTER LOGIC- 50
- FEATURES-
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- FUNCTIONS-
- FUNCTIONShelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
- COMMUNICATION-
- Slide 23
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
- COMMUNICATION- Snet
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
- Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
- Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
- User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
- Built-in Function Input Filter-
- Programming Software Soft-Master-
- Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Word Device Areahellip
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
- Slide 67
- Input Output Specifications-
- Slide 69
- Slide 70
-
2) Operation mode if trouble occursPLC system logs any trouble occurred in flag and determines whether to stop or resume operation depending on trouble mode(A) PLC hardware troubleIn case an error occurs so that PLC such as CPU module and power module may not work normally the system is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation(B) Operation error while operating user programRepresenting an error occurred during operation of user program in case of numeric operation error it displays the error in error flag but the system resumes operating However if the operation time exceeds by the operation monitoring time limit and IO module does not control it normally the system is halted(C) Error detected owing to external device in troubleRepresenting the detection of external device to be controlled by users program of PLC if an error is detected thesystem is halted but any warning may not interfere with the operation
Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting
1) Visual checks
Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents
2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off
3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program
Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip
Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink
input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure
Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value
- PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
- MASTER LOGIC- 50
- FEATURES-
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- FUNCTIONS-
- FUNCTIONShelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
- COMMUNICATION-
- Slide 23
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
- COMMUNICATION- Snet
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
- Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
- Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
- User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
- Built-in Function Input Filter-
- Programming Software Soft-Master-
- Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Word Device Areahellip
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
- Slide 67
- Input Output Specifications-
- Slide 69
- Slide 70
-
Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-System reliability not only depends on reliable equipment but also on short downtimes in the event of fault The short discovery and corrective action is needed for speedy operation of system The following shows the basic instructions for troubleshooting
1) Visual checks
Check the following pointsbull Machine operating condition (in stop and operation status)bull Power OnOffbull Status of IO devicesbull Condition of wiring (IO wires extension and communications cables)bull Display states of various indicators (such as POWER LED RUN LED ERR LED and IO LED)After checking them connect peripheral devices and check the operation status of the PLC and the program contents
2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off
3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program
Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip
Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink
input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure
Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value
- PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
- MASTER LOGIC- 50
- FEATURES-
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- FUNCTIONS-
- FUNCTIONShelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
- COMMUNICATION-
- Slide 23
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
- COMMUNICATION- Snet
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
- Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
- Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
- User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
- Built-in Function Input Filter-
- Programming Software Soft-Master-
- Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Word Device Areahellip
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
- Slide 67
- Input Output Specifications-
- Slide 69
- Slide 70
-
2) Trouble CheckObserve any change in the error conditions during the followingbull Switch to the STOP position and then turn the power on and off
3) Narrow down the possible causes of the trouble where the fault lies iebull Inside or outside of the PLCbull IO module or another modulebull PLC program
Basic Procedure of Troubleshootinghelliphellip
Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink
input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure
Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value
- PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
- MASTER LOGIC- 50
- FEATURES-
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- FUNCTIONS-
- FUNCTIONShelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
- COMMUNICATION-
- Slide 23
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
- COMMUNICATION- Snet
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
- Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
- Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
- User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
- Built-in Function Input Filter-
- Programming Software Soft-Master-
- Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Word Device Areahellip
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
- Slide 67
- Input Output Specifications-
- Slide 69
- Slide 70
-
Input Output Specifications-1) For the type of digital input there are two types such as current sink
input and current source input2) In case that openclose frequency is high or it is used for conductive load openclose use Transistor output module or triac output module as the durability of Relay Output Module shall be reduced3) For output module to run the conductive (L) load max openclose frequency should be used by 1second On 1 second Off4) For output module in case that counter timer using DCDC Converter as a load was used Inrush current may flow in a certain cycle when it is ON or during operation In this case if average current is selected it may cause the failure
Accordingly if the previous load was used it is recommended to connect resistor or inductor to the load in serial in order to reduce the impact of Inrush current or use the large module having a max load current value
- PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
- MASTER LOGIC- 50
- FEATURES-
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- FUNCTIONS-
- FUNCTIONShelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
- COMMUNICATION-
- Slide 23
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
- COMMUNICATION- Snet
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
- Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
- Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
- User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
- Built-in Function Input Filter-
- Programming Software Soft-Master-
- Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Word Device Areahellip
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
- Slide 67
- Input Output Specifications-
- Slide 69
- Slide 70
-
- PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER MASTER LOGIC- 50
- MASTER LOGIC- 50
- FEATURES-
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip
- FEATUREShelliphellip (2)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (3)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (4)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (5)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (6)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (7)
- FEATUREShelliphellip (8)
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONS-
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- GENARAL SPECIFICATIONShellip
- FUNCTIONS-
- FUNCTIONShelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION-
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- ML- 50 SYSTEM CONFIGURATIONhelliphellip
- POWER SUPPLY SPECIFICATION-
- COMMUNICATION-
- Slide 23
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNET
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip
- COMMUNICATION-FAST ETHERNEThellip (2)
- COMMUNICATION- Snet
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip
- COMMUNICATION- Snethelliphelliphellip (2)
- Communication ndash RS-485 Multi Drop
- Communication ndash RS-422 Multi Drop
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environment-
- Integrated Programming and Debug Environmenthelliphelliphelliphelliphellip
- User Convenience with Easy Expansion-
- Built-in Function Input Filter-
- Programming Software Soft-Master-
- Comparison of Modular amp Compact-
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip
- Comparison of MLM-50 amp MLC-50hellip (2)
- Slide 40
- Slide 41
- Slide 42
- Slide 43
- Slide 44
- Slide 45
- Slide 46
- Slide 47
- Slide 48
- Slide 49
- Slide 50
- Slide 51
- Slide 52
- Slide 53
- Slide 54
- Slide 55
- Slide 56
- Slide 57
- Slide 58
- Slide 59
- Slide 60
- Slide 61
- Word Device Areahellip
- Slide 63
- Slide 64
- Slide 65
- Basic Procedure of Troubleshooting-
- Slide 67
- Input Output Specifications-
- Slide 69
- Slide 70
-